the effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......table 2 mean (standard deviation),...

225
i The effect of backpack loading configuration and design features on postural stability, energy cost, comfort and shoulder interface pressure By Samira Golriz BSc, MSc in Physiotherapy This thesis is presented for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, Murdoch University 2013

Upload: others

Post on 16-Jul-2020

5 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

i

The effect of backpack loading configuration and design

features on postural stability, energy cost, comfort and

shoulder interface pressure

By

Samira Golriz

BSc, MSc in Physiotherapy

This thesis is presented for the degree of Doctor of

Philosophy, Murdoch University

2013

Page 2: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

ii

I declare that this thesis is my own account of my research and contains as

its main content work which has not previously been submitted for a degree

at any tertiary education institution.

Samira Golriz

Page 3: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

iii

Abstract

While backpacks are commonly used to transfer extra load, they are

sometimes associated with negative effects on the body. The broad aim of

this thesis was to study the effect of backpack loading configurations on

postural stability, physiological variables, perceived exertion, and interface

pressure and compare them to an unloaded condition. The specific aims of

this thesis were to: 1) systematically review the literature and identify relevant

deficits in knowledge; 2) assess the test-retest reliability and criterion validity

of a force plate which has unknown psychometric properties; 3) examine the

effect of carrying a 20% of body weight loaded backpack and load placement

in a backpack (high vs. low load placement) on postural stability,

physiological variables and backpack-shoulder interface pressure; 4) assess

the effect of hip belt use on postural stability; and 5) investigate the effect of

shoulder strap width on backpack-shoulder interface pressure. These aims

were investigated using force plates, a metabolic cart, pressure sensors, and

questionnaires. Our results indicated that carrying loaded backpacks

decreased postural stability, increased physiological variables and perceived

exertion as compared to an unloaded condition. While a hip belt did not

enhance postural stability, participants reported a perception of increased

stability and less exertion. Load placement did not influence postural stability,

physiological variables, perceived stability or exertion; however, participants

reported lower levels of local perceived exertion at the shoulders and the

upper back regions when the load was placed low in the backpack.

Conversely, low load placement resulted in higher shoulder interface

pressure as compared to high load placement. Shoulder strap width also

affected shoulder interface pressure with wide shoulder straps associated

with lower shoulder interface pressure. While we identified several aspects of

backpack configuration and loading characteristics and their effects on

postural stability, energy cost, interface pressure and perceived exertion,

additional study of backpack configuration and the resulting impact on

biomechanical and physiologic characteristics is required.

Page 4: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

iv

Acknowledgements

I would like to express my deepest gratitude to my supervisors, Dr Bruce

Walker and Dr Jeffrey Hebert, for their invaluable understanding, insight,

guidance and support which contributed enormously to my success through

this long process. Without a doubt, they were there for me, even during the

hardest times of my study to be a light, not a judge.

I would also like to thank my external supervisor, Dr Bo Foreman, for his

advice and assistance throughout my work.

I would like to extend my gratitude to Dr Jeremiah Peiffer for his help with a

section of this project.

Thanks must also go to the staff of School of Chiropractic and Sports

Science at Murdoch University.

I would like to offer my sincere appreciation to my parents, Simin and

Hashem, and my sister, Naghmeh, for their constant support and

encouragement in my life.

Last but not least, I would like to thank my best friend and husband, Navid,

whose love, support, encouragement and patience contributed immensely to

the completion of my PhD study, and my son, Kian, who has brought deeper

meanings and purposes to my life with his recent arrival.

Page 5: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Abstract ……………………………………………….………. iii

Acknowledgements…………………………..…….………... iν

List of Tables ………………………………………………... ix

List of Figures ……………………………………………..... xii

Statement of Candidate Contribution………………………. xiv

CHAPTER ONE- Introduction…………………………………………

1

Background …………………………………………………………...…. 2

The broad aim of the thesis…………………………………………… 3

Specific aims and hypotheses of this thesis……………………….... 3

Overview of the thesis…………………………………………………... 5

References………………………………………………………...……... 6

CHAPTER TWO- Backpacks. Several factors likely to influence

design and usage: A systematic literature review………………..

8

Abstract …………………………………………………………...……… 11

Introduction ………………………………………………………………. 12

Methods …………………………………………...……………...……… 13

Results ………………………………….………………………………... 16

Discussion …………………………………...…………………………... 28

References………………………………………………………...……... 32

CHAPTER THREE- Can load carriage system weight, design

and placement affect pain and discomfort? A systematic

review……………………………………………………………………..

38

Page 6: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

vi

Abstract ………………………………………………………………...… 41

Introduction ………………………………………………………………. 42

Methods …………………………………………...…………………...… 42

Results ………………………………….………………………………... 45

Discussion …………………………………...…………………………... 57

Conclusion ……………………………………………………………….. 59

References…………………………………………………………...…... 60

CHAPTER FOUR- The reliability of a portable clinical force

plate used for the assessment of static postural control:

repeated measures reliability study…………………………………

66

Abstract …………………………………………………………...……… 69

Introduction ………………………………………………………………. 70

Methods …………………………………………...………………...…… 71

Results ………………………………….………………………………... 75

Discussion …………………………………...…………………………... 77

Conclusion ………………………………………………………..……... 79

References…………………………………………………………...…... 79

CHAPTER FIVE- The validity of a portable clinical force plate

in assessment of static postural control: concurrent validity

study………………………………………………………………………

82

Abstract …………………………………………………………...……… 85

Introduction ………………………………………………………………. 86

Material and methods…………………...………………………………. 87

Results ………………………………….………………………………... 91

Discussion …………………………………...…………………………... 94

References…………………………………………………………...…... 97

Page 7: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

vii

CHAPTER SIX- The effect of hip belt use and load placement

in a backpack on postural stability and perceived exertion: a

within subjects trial…………………………………………………….

99

Abstract …………………………………………………………………... 102

Introduction ………………………………………………………………. 103

Methods ……………………………...………………………………...… 105

Results ………………………………….………………………………... 109

Discussion …………………………………...…………………………... 114

References……………………………………………………………...... 117

CHAPTER SEVEN- The effect of backpack load placement on

physiological and self-reported measures of exertion…………..

121

Abstract …………………………………………………………...……… 124

Introduction ………………………………………………………………. 126

Methods …………………………………………...………………...…… 127

Results ………………………………….………………………….......... 131

Discussion …………………………………...…………………….......... 133

References…………………………………………………………......... 136

CHAPTER EIGHT- The effect of shoulder strap width and load

placement on shoulder–backpack interface pressure…………..

140

Abstract …………………………………………………………………... 143

Introduction ………………………………………………………………. 144

Methods …………………………………………...……………………... 145

Results ………………………………….………………………….......... 148

Discussion …………………………………...…………………….......... 151

References……………………………………………………………….. 154

Page 8: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

viii

CHAPTER NINE- Conclusion………………………………………... 157

APPENDICES………………………………………………………….... 161

Page 9: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

ix

LIST OF TABLES

Chapter 2 Page

Table1 NHMRC level of evidence ………………………….………… 15

Table 2 Descriptive characteristics of studies that evaluated the best

placement of a backpack on the spine………………………..

17

Table 3 Quality appraisal of studies that evaluated the best

placement of a backpack on the spine………………….…….

20

Table 4 Descriptive characteristics of studies which investigated

front pack or double pack vs. backpack………………………

22

Table 5 Critical appraisal of studies which investigated front pack or

double pack vs. backpack…………..………………………….

24

Table 6 Descriptive characteristics of studies that investigated

shoulder straps……………………………………………………

25

Table 7 Quality appraisal of studies that investigated shoulder straps 27

Table 8 Recommendations for best backpack.………………………… 29

Chapter 3

Table 1 NHMRC level of evidence ……………………………………… 44

Table 2 Descriptive characteristics of the studies that assessed the

correlation between backpack use and pain, perceived

exertion and discomfort……………………………..…………

47

Table 3 Results of the studies that assessed the correlation between

backpack use and pain …………………………...…………..

49

Table 4 Results of the studies that assessed the correlation between

backpack use and perceived exertion………………………..

50

Table 5 Quality appraisal of studies that assessed the correlation

between backpack use and pain………………………………

51

Table 6 Descriptive characteristics of studies that examined the

Page 10: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

x

effect of load placement on pain……………………………… 53

Table 7 Quality appraisal of studies that examined the effect of load

placement on pain………………………………………………

54

Table 8 Descriptive characteristics of studies that examined if

different designs can reduce pain, perceived exertion and

discomfort………………………………………………………..

54

Table 9 Quality appraisal of studies that examined if different

designs can reduce the pain……………………………….......

55

Chapter 4

Table 1 Reliability results of single measures and means of 2, 3, 4

and 5 measures for each variable………………………………

75

Chapter 5

Table 1 Criterion validity analysis……………………………………….. 92

Chapter 6

Table 1 Demographic and Baseline Characteristics of Participants… 110

Table 2 Mean (standard deviation) and mean difference (95% CI)

values during unloaded, hip belt and no hip belt condition….

110

Table 3 Mean (standard deviation) and mean difference (95% CI)

values during unloaded, high load placement and low load

placement………………………………………………………

111

Chapter 7

Table 1 Demographic and Baseline Characteristics of Participants… 131

Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values

during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

132

Chapter 8

Table 1 Mean (SD) of peak and average backpack–shoulder

interface pressure under different width shoulder straps

(kPa) and load placements………………………………..….

148

Table 2 Mean (SD) of peak and average backpack–axilla interface

pressure under different width shoulder straps (kPa) and

Page 11: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

xi

load placements………………………………………………… 149

Page 12: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

xii

LIST OF FIGURES

Chapter 3 Page

Figure 1 Inclusion and exclusion of articles…………………………….… 46

Chapter 4

Figure 1 The Midot Posture Scale Analyser………………………………. 72

Chapter 5

Figure 1 The Midot Posture Scale Analyzer and The Accugait AMTI 88

Figure 2 Differences between filtered and unfiltered average velocity

vs. cut off frequency to decide the best filter frequency………

89

Figure 3 Bland-Altman plot representing comparison of average

velocity between the MPSA and the Accugait…………………..

93

Figure 4 Bland-Altman plot representing comparison of sway area

between the MPSA and the Accugait………………..………….

93

Chapter 6

Figure 1 The Promopak backpack…………………………………………. 108

Figure 2 The loading conditions in the backpack…………………………. 108

Figure 3 Perceived exertion of neck, shoulders, upper back, lower

back, lower extremity in unloaded, hip belt and no hip belt

conditions…………………………………………………………..

113

Figure 4 Perceived exertion of neck, shoulders, upper back, lower back

and lower extremity in unloaded, high and low load

placements................................................................................

130

Chapter 7

Figure 1 The loading conditions in the backpack………………………… 152

Chapter 8

Figure 1 The manikin and position of the pressure sensors…………...... 145

Figure 2 The SAS harness backpack……………………………………… 146

Figure 3 Average backpack-shoulder interface pressure under various 150

Page 13: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

xiii

shoulder strap widths in high and low load placement…………

Figure 4 Average backpack-axillary area interface pressure under

various shoulder strap widths in high and low load placement..

151

Page 14: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

xiv

Statement of Candidate Contribution

The work involved in designing and conducting the studies described in this

thesis has been conducted principally by Samira Golriz (the candidate). The

thesis, outline and experimental design of the studies was developed and

planned by the candidate, in consultation with her supervisors Associate

Professor Bruce Walker, Dr Jeffrey Hebert, Dr Bo Foreman. All participant

recruitment was carried out by the candidate, along with the implementation

and undertaking of data collections.

The candidate was responsible for all data analysis and original drafting of all

chapters contained within this thesis. The supervisors have provided

feedback on all drafts of chapters contained within this thesis.

Page 15: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

1

Chapter One

INTRODUCTION

Page 16: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

2

Background

The carrying of heavy loads is often a necessity and several means are

available for transferring the extra load on the body from one place to

another. Personal load carriage systems, typically referred to as backpacks,

are used for moving extra loads. Contemporary backpacks, as we know them

today, date back to the 1920s. They were invented by Lloyd Nelson, who

originated the idea during a trip to Alaska when he borrowed a pack from a

local Indian (Widrig 2004). Before the 1920s, the basic design of a backpack

was a canvas bag, with shoulder straps attached, which needed careful

packing to prevent the contents from digging into the wearer’s back (Widrig

2004). Nowadays, backpacks are frequently used in different environments

by different groups such as the military (Knapik, Harman, and Reynolds

1996; Knapik, Reynolds, and Harman 2004), students (Korovessis, Koureas,

and Papazisis 2004; Pascoe et al. 1997; Sheir-Neiss et al. 2003) and hikers

(Lloyd and Cooke 2000 a, 2000 b).

The drawback of carrying backpacks is that they may have detrimental

effects on the body (Knapik, Reynolds, and Harman 2004; Knapik, Harman,

and Reynolds 1996; Boulware 2003).

The effects that backpacks can potentially have on the body are numerous

(Talbott 2005). Ranging from no noticeable change in posture, postural

stability, energy cost and pain to postural instability, pain, perceived exertion,

increased oxygen consumption and energy cost. There is growing concern

regarding both immediate and more chronic health effects due to backpack

use (Wiersema, Wall, and Foad 2003). While studies into the chronic health

effects would appear to require longitudinal tracking of backpack wear,

assessment of the short term changes is more feasible and can represent the

presence of acute alterations that should be considered when establishing

guidelines for backpack use.

Answers to questions regarding the effects of backpack use on postural

stability, physiological measures and perceived exertion will assist in

identifying a potential link between backpack use and the occurrence of pain

and discomfort, physiological measures, postural stability and potential for

Page 17: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

3

injury from falls. In addition, discovering if modifications of a backpack

reduces the incidence or alleviates the negative effects on the body will

assist in improving backpack design. Backpacks need to be designed with an

understanding of the general principles and issues related to human anatomy

and biomechanics. Recognition of the detrimental effects that backpacks may

have on the body and then finding a way to moderate those effects is the

ideal pathway for the development of safe load carriage systems.

The broad aim of the thesis

The broad aim of this thesis was to investigate the optimum load placement

in a backpack regarding postural stability, physiological measures, perceived

exertion and shoulder interface pressure; and to examine the effect of

shoulder strap width on shoulder interface pressure in order to modify and

improve backpack design. These factors might be affected by backpack use

and load placement within a backpack.

The backpacks used in this study were everyday use backpacks and sample

population was recruited among adults who were occasional backpack users.

To achieve this aim, the thesis was completed in three steps. In the first step,

two systematic reviews of the literature were conducted to systematically

review the literature that investigated backpacks and their effects on the body

and to find gaps in the literature and the areas that needed further

investigation. In the second step, two methodology studies were conducted

to assess the test re-test reliability and criterion validity of an instrument that

was going to be used in the following experiment. In the third step, based on

the results of the systematic reviews, areas that needed further investigation

were chosen and three studies were conducted. The three studies examined

the effect of different load placements in a backpack on postural stability,

physiological measures, perceived exertion and interface pressure and

compared it with an unloaded control condition in order to identify the

optimum load placement in a backpack and backpack shoulder strap width.

Specific aims and hypotheses of this thesis

The six main aims and hypotheses of this thesis are as follows:

Page 18: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

4

To provide a systematic review of the literature to compare different

backpack designs and their effects on the body (chapter 2).

To provide a systematic review of the literature to investigate if

backpack load, design and load placement affects pain, discomfort

and perceived exertion in the backpack carrier (chapter 3).

To assess the reliability and validity of a force plate that we planned to

use for measurement of postural stability in chapter 6 (chapter 4 and

5).

To assess the effect of load placement in a backpack and backpack

hip belt use on perceived exertion and subjective and objective

measures of postural stability and compare them with an unloaded

condition (chapter 6).

We hypothesized that lower levels of postural stability and higher levels of

perceived exertion would occur for loaded conditions result than for an

unloaded condition. We also hypothesized that hip belt use would provide

physical constraint between the pelvis and thorax. Furthermore, a hip belt

would facilitate the transfer of a substantial amount of load from the

shoulders to the pelvis, possibly allowing the trunk muscles to handle the

imposed load better and focus more on postural stability. This could enhance

postural stability and reduce perceived exertion.

The body is considered as an inverted pendulum (Winter et al. 1993) and we

hypothesized that high load placement would elevate the centre of gravity

(COG) of the body and tend to destabilize the body when compared to low

load placement. The result would be lower postural stability and higher levels

of perceived exertion.

To look for differences in physiological (oxygen uptake, minute

ventilation and heart rate) and self reported measures of exertion,

movement economy and efficiency when carrying a loaded backpack

during both a high and low load placement, compared to an unloaded

control condition (chapter 7).

We hypothesized that both loaded conditions (regardless of the type of load

placement) would lead to higher heart rate, oxygen uptake, minute

Page 19: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

5

ventilation, perceived exertion and lower movement economy and efficiency

when compared to the unloaded condition. We also hypothesized that

elevation of the COG in high load placement would cause greater postural

instability compared to low load placement as a result of higher rotational

inertia of high load placement. Therefore, the trunk would tend to lean

forward to a higher degree to bring the body’s COG back to its position and

closer to the base of support. Higher degrees of trunk forward lean and

displacement of the COG would result in higher physiological variables and

lower economy and efficiency of movement.

To evaluate the effect of the shoulder strap width and load placement

in a backpack on the shoulder–backpack and axillary area–backpack

interface pressures (chapter 8).

We hypothesized that wider shoulder straps would distribute the load over a

wider area and thereby reduce interface pressures. We also hypothesized

that higher interface pressure would be generated by high load compared to

low load placement.

Overview of the thesis

This thesis is composed of nine chapters. Following this introduction are two

chapters that provide systematic reviews of the literature. These reviews

identified areas that needed further investigation. The fourth and fifth

chapters describe the investigation of the reliability and validity of a clinical

force plate with unknown psychometric properties which was needed in

chapter six to evaluate postural stability of the body. The sixth chapter

evaluates the effect of hip belt use and load placement in a backpack on

perceived exertion and subjective and objective measures of postural

stability. If hip belt use enhances postural stability or increases the perception

of postural stability, it shows the necessity that backpacks should be

accompanied by a hip belt. If load placement in a backpack affects postural

stability, it indicates that load placement is a factor that needs to be

considered in packing a backpack, i.e. it is the best to pack heavy items at

top or bottom of a backpack. It might also be helpful in designing a backpack,

i.e. to modify the internal compartment of a backpack by embedding a

Page 20: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

6

chamber for heavy items at top or bottom of a backpack. The seventh

chapter investigates the effect of load placement on physiological measures,

perceived exertion and the economy and efficiency of movement. If load

placement improves economy and efficiency of movement and physiological

measures and decreases perceived exertion, it indicates the importance of

load placement consideration in packing and/or designing a backpack. The

eighth chapter assesses the effect of shoulder strap width and load

placement on shoulder–backpack interface pressure. The optimum width of

shoulder straps and load placement would alleviate the amount of pressure

exerted on the shoulders and make backpack carrying more comfortable.

Shoulder strap width as well as load placement might be the factors to be

considered in improving backpack design. The ninth chapter provides an

overarching conclusion of the thesis findings.

References

Boulware, D. R. 2003. Backpacking-induced paresthesias. Wilderness and

Environmental Medicine 14 (3):161-166.

Knapik, J., E. Harman, and K. Reynolds. 1996. Load carriage using packs: A

review of physiological, biomechanical and medical aspects. Applied

Ergonomics 27 (3):207-216.

Knapik, J. J., K. L. Reynolds, and E. Harman. 2004. Soldier Load Carriage:

Historical, Physiological, Biomechanical, and Medical Aspects. Military

Medicine 169 (1):45-56.

Korovessis, P., G. Koureas, and Z. Papazisis. 2004. Correlation between

Backpack Weight and Way of Carrying, Sagittal and Frontal Spinal

Curvatures, Athletic Activity, and Dorsal and Low Back Pain in

Schoolchildren and Adolescents. Journal of Spinal Disorders and Techniques

17 (1):33-40.

Lloyd, R., and C. B. Cooke. 2000 a. Kinetic changes associated with load

carriage using two rucksack designs. Ergonomics 43 (9):1331-1341.

Lloyd, R., and C. B. Cooke. 2000 b. The oxygen consumption associated

with unloaded walking and load carriage using two different backpack

designs. European Journal of Applied Physiology 81 (6):486-492.

Pascoe, D. D., D. E. Pascoe, Y. T. Wang, D. M. Shim, and C. K. Kim. 1997.

Influence of carrying book bags on gait cycle and posture of youths.

Ergonomics 40 (6):631-641.

Page 21: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

7

Sheir-Neiss, G. I., R. W. Kruse, T. Rahman, L. P. Jacobson, and J. A. Pelli.

2003. The association of backpack use and back pain in adolescents. Spine

28 (9):922-930.

Talbott, N. R. 2005. the effect of weight, location and type of backpack on

posture and postural stability of children. PhD thesis, University of Cincinnati.

Widrig, C. D. A brief of how backpacking got it's name 2004. Available from

http://www.url.biz/Articles/Article-1217.html.

Wiersema, B. M., E. J. Wall, and S. L. Foad. 2003. Acute backpack injuries in

children. Pediatrics 111 (1):163-166.

Winter, D.A., C. D. Mackinnon, G. K. Ruder, and C. Wieman. 1993. An

integrated EMG/biomechanical model of upper body balance and posture

during human gait. Progress in brain research 97:359-367.

Page 22: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

8

CHAPTER TWO

BACKPACKS. SEVERAL FACTORS LIKELY TO INFLUENCE

DESIGN AND USAGE: A SYSTEMATIC LITERATURE REVIEW.

Published as

Golriz S, Walker B. (2012). Work, 42(4):519-31.

Page 23: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

9

In this chapter, the results of a systematic review “Backpacks. Several factors

likely to influence design and usage” are presented. This systematic review

was conducted to answer three questions: 1) what is the optimum backpack

positioning on the spine/optimum load placement in a backpack; 2) what are

the human effects of front packs and double packs compared to backpacks;

and 3) what is best shoulder strap design.

The work resulted in the following publication:

Golriz S, Walker B. Backpacks. Several factors likely to influence design and

usage: A systematic literature review. Work. 2012;42(4):519-31.

Page 24: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

10

Samira Golriz1§MSPT, Bruce Walker2 DC, MPH, DrPH

1PhD candidate, School of Chiropractic and Sports Science, Murdoch

University, Murdoch 6150, Western Australia, Australia

2Senior Lecturer, School of Chiropractic and Sports Science, Murdoch

University, Murdoch 6150, Western Australia, Australia

§Corresponding author

Email addresses:

SG: [email protected] . Tel: + 61 8 9360 1450, Fax: + 61 8 9360

1299

BW: [email protected]

Page 25: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

11

Abstract.

Objective: The purpose of this study was to systematically review the

literature to answer three questions: 1) what is the best backpack positioning

on the spine/ what is the best load placement in a backpack; 2) what are the

human effects of front packs and double packs compared to backpacks; and

3) what is best shoulder strap design. Methods: A systematic review of the

literature using eight databases was carried out. Studies relevant to

backpack design were retrieved. Two independent reviewers assessed the

papers; a third party was used for consensus decisions. Descriptive

characteristics, type of research design and level of evidence of papers were

evaluated with a view to pooling data. The trials were also quality appraised

using a modified Crombie tool. Results: Thirty papers met the inclusion

criteria. There were similarities in methods of measurement between some

papers but subject’s age group, tasks performed and backpack usages were

so different between studies that it prevented data pooling and made it

difficult to draw firm generic conclusions. Subsequent qualitative analysis

shows that there are conflicting results on best backpack placement and

shoulder strap design but front packs and double packs provide better

posture than backpacks. Conclusions: Some recommendations for best

practice design are made for children and adults based on elements of

design and correct spinal placement.

Keywords: load carriage system, placement, straps

Page 26: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

12

Introduction

Using a backpack is a popular mode of load carriage and it is considered the

most appropriate way of carrying additional weight [4; 48]. Backpacks are

widely used for different purposes, especially by students of different age

groups [15; 32; 35; 37; 42], military personnel [16; 24; 29], leisure and

recreational backpackers [28], NASA employees [48], rescue workers [40]

and even agricultural workers [18]. However, backpacks may have adverse

effects on the body including low back pain.

Adult low back pain is a significant source of long term dysfunction and

absence from work and this put a huge economic, social and emotional

burden on individuals and society [55; 56]. Additionally, back pain is a rising

issue among young people with low back pain prevalence in adolescents

measured between 20 to 50% [25; 38; 42; 53; 54]. While backpacks are an

effective way to carry weight, it has been proposed they can also be a

significant contributing risk factor for discomfort, fatigue, muscle soreness

and musculoskeletal pain especially low back and thoracic spine pain [6; 25;

45]. It has been speculated that backpacks may cause problems not only for

the developing skeletal system but also for a mature spine as a developed

spine is also sensitive to load [41]. Moreover, experiencing back pain in

childhood is a concern as it may lead to more common and severe issues

later in life [5; 33]. Complications from carrying a backpack is not limited to

spinal pain; other health issues may occur such as respiratory problems [8;

27], brachial plexus lesion [3], winged scapula [26], foot blisters [24].

In the literature backpack usage complications have been correlated with

load amount [59], duration of load carrying [59], distance walked [24],

inadequate distribution of weight [37], poor item placement in the backpack

[51] and poor positioning of the backpack on the spine [15] which may

provoke postural changes, producing pain and discomfort. Some studies

have tried to moderate these factors by applying changes to the backpack

design [37; 44] resulting in changes to primary designs and the evolution of

specialised designs for different users.

Page 27: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

13

The objective of this study was to systematically review the literature to

answer three questions: 1) what is the best backpack positioning on the

spine/ what is the best load placement in a backpack; 2) what are the human

effects of front packs and double packs compared to backpacks; and 3) what

is best shoulder strap design. Our aim was to use the answers to these

questions to advise on reducing any complications of backpack usage and

finally to add to the literature on best practice in backpack design.

There has been no other systematic review looking at these questions.

Methods

Literature search

A comprehensive search strategy was conducted to identify all relevant

publications on load carriage systems and their design. The search strategy

is seen below.

Allied health, health-research, health-science and medical databases

including Medline, Cochrane library, Science Direct, PubMed, Scopus,

CINAHL, MANTIS and EMBASE were used. The search was performed

using the following key indexing terms independently: ‘backpack’, ‘back

pack’, ‘rucksack’, ‘schoolbag’, ‘school bag’, ‘load carriage system’, ‘front

pack’ and ‘double pack’. Google searches and a hand search of the

reference lists of existing articles were also conducted to find papers that did

not appear in the main database searches. The search covered literature

from 1966 to January 2010.

Selection criteria

Studies that investigated new features and designs of backpack or papers

that assessed factors that can potentially alter the design of backpacks were

included. The inclusion criteria were as follows:

Best backpack placement on the spine/best load placement in a backpack,

Design of shoulder straps,

Front pack and double pack usage.

Page 28: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

14

Studies were limited to peer-reviewed journals and conference proceedings.

In the case of research on participants, only studies that investigated healthy

populations were included. All study abstracts meeting these broad criteria

were initially included. In the case that decision could not be made based on

the title and abstract of the paper, the full text of the paper was included for

further decision. Subsequent inclusion was based on inclusion criteria

assessed by two trained reviewers (SG and BW) who reviewed the papers. If

a difference of opinion occurred, consensus was reached on inclusion or

exclusion by discussion and reflection.

Data extraction and management

SG acted as the principal reviewer. A research assistant, SB who was trained

by SG and BW acted as a second reviewer to extract data from the included

papers. Training sessions for SB included clarification of all data items and

the required elements of critical appraisal were provided. Standardisation of

the procedure was required to provide consistency in methods used by the

reviewers. Before starting to extract data, a trial was conducted on two

similar but unrelated papers and the results discussed. Co-investigator (BW)

was consulted when there was disagreement between SG and SB. BW’s

opinion stimulated further discussion and allowed consensus to occur. This

data extraction method (double data extraction) has been shown to have a

lower rate of error than single data extraction [7]. Pooling of data would be

undertaken where adequate homogeneity of results exists.

Level of evidence

Level of evidence of each paper was assessed based on the National Health

and Medical Research Council of Australia guidelines (Table 1). This is

based on the proposition that some designs provide more valid and reliable

findings than others. The lower the ranking in hierarchy of evidence the

greater the risk of bias or error in a study [1].

Page 29: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

15

Table 1: NHMRC level of evidence for intervention studies

Level of evidence

Study design

I A Systematic review of randomised controlled trials

II A randomised controlled trial

III-1 A pseudo randomised controlled trial

III-2 A comparative study with concurrent controls: Non-randomised experimental trial Cohort study Case-control study Interrupted time series with a control group

III-3 A comparative study without concurrent controls: Historical control study Two or more single arm study Interrupted time series without a parallel control group

IV Case series with either post-test or pre-test/post-test outcomes

Quality appraisal

The quality of papers was assessed according to a modified version of the

quality appraisal tool by Crombie [11]. In this study, we modified the Crombie

tool by adding three extra appraisal items, ‘attention to calibration of

equipment/ instrument before use, ‘Was the person who carried out the

measurement trained?’ and ‘Discussion of weaknesses or limitations in the

paper’. Moreover, validity and reliability of measurements which were fitted

into one item by Crombie, were split up into two questions as these two

concepts demonstrate two different aspects in research. Modified Crombie

quality appraisal items can be seen in table 3.

Answers to the quality appraisal items were defined as Yes, No, Not

Applicable or Unclear. These answers were used instead of a scoring

system. Often, reviewers combine the scores of individual items from the

critical appraisal tool to present a total score [50]. However, using this

method may be arbitrary as is weighting each item. Moreover, it has been

recommended to investigate each item separately, rather than use a

combined quality score [20; 58]. However, given the dichotomy of views in

the literature we chose to simply classify studies with the notation of how

many critical appraisal items they satisfied. In this way we believe an

Page 30: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

16

estimation of the quality of the study can be gained, with the results of

studies that meet less appraisal criteria being treated with more caution.

Results

Literature search

Five hundred and ten articles were identified from the databases using the

search strategy. Titles and abstracts of these articles were manually

screened for relevance and 334 articles were excluded. The remaining

articles (n=176) were studied in detail to see if they satisfied the inclusion

criteria. A further 150 papers were excluded. Six articles were added after

reference checking. Two articles were eliminated as they were presented at a

conference and their full texts were not available. Thirty articles were

included for the final review.

Study results

Level of evidence, descriptive characteristics of participants, equipment and

instruments, variables measured, task, what element of the backpack was

studied and results are reported in table 2.

The included studies used a mixed mode of data collection including

questionnaires, scales and examinations. All of the studies were conducted

in developed countries. In 28/30 studies, experiments were conducted on

subjects and 2/30 studies carried out their experiment on a mannequin [36;

43]. In 13 studies, the age ranges selected were from adult populations and

in 15 studies adolescents and children were examined. In just 12 studies,

subjects were screened for entry into the experiment based on inclusion and

exclusion criteria.

Best positioning of a backpack on the spine/best load placement in a

backpack:

Twelve studies’ aimed to find out where the best positioning of a backpack on

the spine (upper back, middle back or lower back) should be. Placement of a

backpack is a factor that can also potentially alter the design of a backpack.

Page 31: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

17

Descriptive characteristics and quality appraisal of these studies can be seen

in table 2 and 3.

Table 2. Descriptive characteristics of studies that evaluated the best

backpack placement on the spine/ best load placement in a backpack

Auth

or(

s),

year

Sam

ple

siz

e

Age

Inclu

sio

n a

nd e

xclu

sio

n c

rite

ria

Equ

ipm

ent

& instr

um

ent

of

measure

men

t

Vari

able

s m

easure

d

Task

Cle

arl

y s

tate

d a

ims

Result

Stuempf

le et al

2004

[52]

1

0

18-

22

N BS,

VO2/EC

G

exercise

system,

HR

monitor,

stadiom

eter

VO2,

respiratory

exchange ratio,

respiratory rate,

minute

ventilation, HR,

RPE

Walking on

treadmill with

positioning of

25% BW in

high, central or

low on the back

Y

Less energy &

oxygen

consumption

in high load

placement

Bobet

and

Norman

1984 [2]

1

1

19-

22

N EMG Electrical

activities of

muscles

Walking under

3 conditions:

WL, wearing

BP below mid-

back or above

shoulders

Y

High load

placement

caused higher

electrical

activity level

Macias

et al

2008

[32]

1

0

13.

0.8

Y BS,

pressure

sensor

Contact

pressure

beneath

shoulder

straps, RPE

Standing and

walking WL or

with 10%, 20%

and 30% BW

on lower or

upper back with

one shoulder

strap and 2

shoulder strap

Y

Low back

position

induced more

perceived

exertion &

higher contact

pressure

Page 32: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

18

Sing

and Koh

2009b

[47]

1

7

8-

12

N Camera

motion

analysis

corporati

on,

optical

motion

analysis

system,

Force

plate

Walking

velocity, pelvic

/trunk

transverse

plane rotation,

knee flexion

angle,

normalized first

peak force,

peak

acceleration of

ankle/ knee/

pelvis/ trunk

and head,

shock

transmission

ratio between

ankle-knee/

knee-pelvis/

pelvis-trunk/

trunk-head

/ankle-head

Walking on

treadmill either

WL or carrying

10, 15 and 20%

BW in a BP on

lower or upper

back

Y

Load

placement had

no effect on

gait & posture

Liu

2007

[29]

5 21-

28

N pulmona

ry

function

test

system,

Q

Respiratory

frequency,

minute

ventilation,

respiratory

exchange ratio,

VO2, HR

Walking on

treadmill

carrying 15%

BW at different

velocities &

grade levels at

high & low load

placement

Y More oxygen

consumption

in high load

position

Brackle

y et al

2009 [4]

1

5

N

M

(gr

ad

e

5)

Y Q, 2

dimensi

onal

video,

body

map

diagram

Trunk flexion

angle, cranio-

vertebral angle,

RPE

Standing

unloaded,

standing &

walking while

carrying 15%

BW in a BP

with the centre

of mass of the

pack located on

high, mid or low

back

Y Low load

placement

decreased

postural

adaptations &

spinal

curvatures

Sing

and Koh

2009a

[46]

1

7

9.6

1.5

N Camera,

Force

plate,

motion

analysis

corporati

on

Velocity,

cadence and

stride length,

double support

time, trunk

forward angle

Walking on

treadmill WL or

carrying 10, 15

and 20% BW in

BP on high or

low back

Y Load

placement had

no difference

on gait &

posture

Chow et

al 2009

[10]

2

2

12

±0.

6

Y Cardiop

ulmonar

y

function

FVC, FEV1,

FEV1 /FVC

ratio, peak

expiratory flow,

Exhale during

upright stance

WL or with 15%

BW in a BP

Y

Load

placement had

no difference

on children’s

Page 33: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

19

BP, Backpack ; BS, Borg Scale ; BW, Body Weight ; COG, Centre Of Gravity; EMG, Electromyography; FEV1, Forced Expiratory Volume in 1sec ; FVC, Forced Vital Capacity ;GRF, Ground Reaction Force; HR, Heart Rate; N, No; Q, Questionnaire; RPE, Rating of Perceived Exertion; U, Unclear; VO2, Oxygen Consumption; WL, Without Load; Y, Yes

machine forced

expiratory flow

positioned at

T7, T12 and L3

pulmonary

function

Grimme

r et al

2002

[15]

2

5

0

12-

18

Y Camera Changes in

horizontal

positions of

tragus of ear,

lateral iliac

crest of hip, C7,

greater

trochanter, mid

acromion of

shoulder and

fibula relative to

ankle joint

Standing WL or

wearing 3%,

5% and 10%

BW in a BP

centred at T7,

T12, L3

Y

Low

placement

produced less

postural

deviation

Devroey

et al

2007

[13]

2

0

23.

2.5

N Force

plate,

BS,

camera,

EMG

Mean angle of

head/

neck/thorax/spi

ne/pelvis,

Single support/

double support/

stance/swing

duration, stride

time, walking

velocity,

electrical

activity of 7

muscles, HR

Standing and

walking WL or

carrying 5%,

10% and 15%

BW in BP on

thoracic or

lumbar

N

-walking:

lumbar

placement

caused more

postural

adaptations

-standing:

thoracic

placement

caused more

postural

changes

Kellis

and

Arampat

zi 2009

[21]

1

8

8 U Force

platform,

camera

Temporal and

GRF

parameters

Walking WL or

carrying 17%

BW in a BP

high or low on

the back

Y

High position

caused

increase in

vertical GRFs,

no difference

on gait

between 2

placements

Chow et

al 2010

[9]

1

9

11.

0.5

U Accelero

meter

Cervical/ upper

& lower

thoracic/ upper

& lower lumbar

spinal

curvature

Standing under

7 conditions:

WL, wearing

BP anteriorly or

posteriorly

while COG of a

BP is located at

T7, T12 or L3

Y

Carrying BP

anteriorly with

placing COG

at T12 had

least effect on

spinal

deformation

Page 34: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

20

Table 3. Quality appraisal of studies that evaluated the best backpack

placement on the spine/ best load placement in a backpack

Auth

or(

s),

year

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Tota

l score

Stu

dy d

esig

n &

level of

evid

ence

Stuempfle

et al 2004

N Y U

N

N N Y N

N N Y N Y Y Y

6/

15

III-

3A

Bobet and

Norman

1984

N Y U N N N N

U

Y Y Y N N Y N

5/

15

III-

2

Macias et

al 2008

N Y U

N N N N Y

N Y Y N N Y Y

6/

15

III-

2

Sing and

Koh

2009b

N N

U N

N N Y N

Y Y Y

N N Y

N

5/

15

III-

2A

Liu 2007 N Y U N N N Y Y N Y Y N Y Y Y

8/

15

III-

3A

Brackley

et al 2009

N Y

U N

Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y N N N Y

9//

15

III-

3A

Sing and

Koh

2009a

N Y U N N N Y N

N Y Y N N Y Y

6/

15

III-

2A

Chow et

al 2009

N Y U Y N N Y N N Y Y

N Y Y N

7/

15

III-

2A

Grimmer

et al 2002

Y

Y U N Y Y Y N Y Y Y N

Y Y

N

10

/1

5

III-

2A

Devroey

et al 2007

N

N

U

N

N

N

Y

Y

Y Y Y

N

Y

Y

Y 8/

15

III-

2A

Kellis &

Arampatzi

2009

N

Y U

N

N

N

Y

Y

Y

Y Y N

Y

Y Y

9/

15

III-

2A

Chow et

al 2010

N Y U Y N Y Y

Y N Y Y N Y Y Y 10

/1

5

III-

2A

1. Justification of sample size; 2. Consistency in the number of subjects reported throughout the paper; 3. The person who carried out the measurement was trained; 4. Was the equipment/instrument calibrated before use; 5. Adequate description of the validity of the

Page 35: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

21

instrument/equipment; 6. Adequate description of the reliability of the instrument/equipment; 7. Appropriateness of design to meet the aims; 8. Weakness or limitations mentioned; 9. Interpretation of null findings; 10. Interpretations of important effects; 11. Comparison of results with previous reports; 12. Implication in real life/generalisability; 13. Adequate description of statistical methods; 14. Adequate description of the data; 15. Assessment of statistical significance; N, No; N/A, Not Applicable; U, Unclear; Y, Yes; *, These studies assessed factors that can potentially alter the design of backpack; §, This study has been conducted on a mannequin and not human subjects; III-2, a comparative study with concurrent control; III-2A, a comparative study with concurrent control (phases randomisation); III-3, a comparative study without concurrent control; III-3A, a comparative study without concurrent control (phases randomisation)

Tables 3,5 and 7 (quality appraisal) were completed with Yes, No, Unclear

and N/A. Score 1 was given to each yes answer and 0 to No, Unclear and

N/A. The overall score was reported as a tally of all yes answers out of 15, 14

or 13 based on the applicable answers for each study. In a study where two

or more pieces of equipment or instruments were used, even if details of

calibration, validity and reliability of one of them were provided it was

considered that this paper criterion was adequate.

Front pack and double pack

Nine studies looked at ways to reduce aberrant postural spinal changes, pain

and discomfort caused by carrying a backpack. These studies substituted the

backpack for a front pack or a combination of backpack and front pack to try

to keep the spine in a natural position or distribute the load along the spine.

Two of these studies compared a front pack vs. a backpack, six experiments

evaluated a backpack vs. a double pack and the objective of one study was

comparison between backpacks, front packs and double packs. Descriptive

characteristics and quality appraisal of these studies can be seen in tables 4

and 5.

Page 36: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

22

Table 4. Descriptive characteristics of studies which investigated front

pack or double pack vs. backpack

Auth

or(

s),

year

Sam

ple

siz

e

Age o

f p

art

icip

an

ts

Inclu

sio

n &

exclu

sio

n

crite

ria

E

qu

ipm

ent

& I

nstr

um

ents

of

measure

men

t

Vari

able

s m

easure

d

Task

Wha

t e

lem

ent

of b

ackpack

was s

tudie

d/d

esig

ne

d

Cle

arl

y s

tate

d a

ims

Result

LIoy

d

and

Cook

e

2000

a

[30]

9 24.

4.3

N Came

ra,

Force

plate

Support time,

GRFs

Walking on

force plate

under 3

conditions:

WL,

wearing BP

or DP

DP

vs.

BP

Y Less

propulsive

force while

carrying

DPs

LIoy

d

and

Cook

e

2000

b

[31]

9 24.

4.3

U

Gas

analys

is

syste

m

VO2max, HR Walking on

treadmill

uphill,

downhill

WL or while

carrying

load

DP

vs.

BP

Y Less

energy

consumptio

n while

carrying

DPs

Wan

g et

al

2007

[57]

2

7

11

-

15

Y Electr

o

gonio

metric

syste

m

Tilting angle of

spine, upper/

lower thoracic

kyphosis, upper/

lower lumbar

lordosis,

cervical

lordosis,

thoracic

kyphosis,

lumbar lordosis

Standing

upright with

or without

wearing a

BP loaded

at 15% BW

either

anteriorly

or

posteriorly

FP

vs.

BP

Y FP had

less

influence

on sagittal

spinal

curvature

than BP

Knap

ik et

al

1997

[24]

1

5

29.

4.3

Y HR

monit

or,

PRSD

Q

Road march

times, HR,

distance of

grenade

throwing, rating

of pain,

soreness and

discomfort, foot

blister

20 km

march

course

while

wearing

two kinds

of BP and

carrying 34,

48 and 61

kg load

Stan

dard

BP

vs.

DP

Y DPs

caused

less

discomfort

in low

back, lower

incidence

of blisters,

more

optimal

posture but

it resulted

in pain in

Page 37: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

23

neck & hips

and it took

longer to

complete

the march

Mot

man

s et

al

2006

[39]

1

9

20.

12

±

2.0

3

N EMG Electrical

activity of rectus

abdominis and

erector spinae

Standing

with

extended

knees &

feet in

frontal

plane

wearing

15% BW in

shoulder

bag, BP,

FP or DP

com

pari

ng

BP,

FP,

shou

lder

bag

&

DP

Y DP had

less

influence

on muscle

activities

Kino

shita

1985

[23]

1

0

N

M

N Came

ra,

Force

plate,

photo

electri

c

timing

syste

m

Double/single

support time,

step length/

width, angle of

gait, GRF,

angular

orientation of

trunk/ thigh/leg

and foot

Walking

under 5

conditions:

WL,

carrying

20% & 40%

BW in BP,

carrying

20% &

40% BW in

DP

BP

vs.

DP

Y Less

changes in

gait pattern

& trunk

forward

inclination

with using

DP

Fiolk

owsk

i et al

2006

[14]

1

3

24.

3.1

N

Video

analys

is

syste

m,

VAS

Knee/ankle/5th

metatarsophala

ngeal joint

angles,

displacement of

body landmarks,

Pressure on the

shoulders/ low

back, ease of

walking, overall

comfort

Walking

WL or

carrying

10% and

15% BW

either in BP

or FP

FP

vs.

BP

N FP had

less effect

on posture

than BP

Kim

et al

2008

[22]

1

5

9-

11

Y EMG,

3D

motio

n

analys

is

syste

m

Electrical

activity of neck

muscles,

forward head

angle and

distance

Standing &

walking

under 4

conditions:

WL or

carrying

15% BW in

a BP, DP

or modified

DP

BP

vs.

DP

Y Less

postural

deviation

was seen

while

carrying

the

modified

DP

Page 38: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

24

John

son

et al

1995

[19]

1

5

21

-

36

N Q, 6-

point

scale

March time,

intensity of

fatigue,

discomfort, back

pain

Walking

while

carrying 34,

48 or 61 kg

in an army

BP or DP

BP

vs.

DP

Y No

difference

between 2

pack types

on comfort

BP, Backpack; BW, Body Weight; DP, Double Pack; EMG, Electromyography; FP, Front Pack; GRF, Ground Reaction Force; HR, Heart Rate; N, No; Q, Questionnaire; VAS, Visual Analogue Scale; VO2, Oxygen Consumption; WL, Without Load; Y, Yes.

Table 5. Critical appraisal of studies which investigated front pack or

double pack vs. backpack

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Tota

l score

Stu

dy d

esig

n &

le

vel o

f

evid

en

ce

N Y N U N N Y N Y Y Y N Y Y Y

8/15 III-2A

N Y N Y N N Y N Y Y Y N Y Y Y

9/15 III-2A

N Y N Y N Y Y U Y Y Y N Y Y Y

10/15

III-2A

N N N U N N N N Y Y Y N Y Y Y

6/15 III-3

N Y N U N N Y N Y Y Y N Y Y N

7/15 III-3A

N Y N U N N N N Y Y Y N Y Y N

6/15 III-2

N Y N U N N N N Y Y Y N N Y

Y 6/15 III-2

N N N N N N Y U N Y Y N N Y

Y

5/15 III-2A

N Y N N/A

N N Y N Y Y Y N Y Y Y 8/14 III-2A

Refer to table 3.

Shoulder straps

Seven studies assessed backpack straps. Three of these compared single

strap vs. double strap backpacks while one study investigated the optimal

Page 39: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

25

strap angle and best location for attachment of straps. Three studies

investigated the tightness of the straps when comparing loose fit pack vs.

tight fit pack. Descriptive characteristics and quality appraisal of these studies

can be seen in tables 6 and 7.

Table 6. Descriptive characteristics of studies that investigated

shoulder straps

Auth

or(

s)

, year

Sam

ple

siz

e

Age o

f p

art

icip

an

ts

Inclu

sio

n &

exclu

sio

n c

rite

ria

Equ

ipm

ent

&

Instr

um

ents

of

measure

men

t

Vari

able

s m

easure

d

Task

Wha

t e

lem

ent

of b

ackpack

was s

tudie

d/d

esig

ne

d

Cle

arl

y s

tate

d a

ims

Result

Legg

and

Cruz

2004

[27]

1

3

27.

9.3

Y Spirom

eter,

Peak

flow

meter

FVC, FEV1,

FVC1, Peak

Expiratory Flow

Maximally

forced

expiration

during

upright

stance

under 3

situations:

WL,

wearing

SSB or

DSB

SSB

vs.

DSB

Y SSB can

cause

respiratory

dysfunctio

n

Bygr

ave

et al

2004

[8]

1

2

25

±5

Y Spirom

eter

FVC, FEV1,

FVC1, peak

expiratory flow

maximally

forced

expiration

in an erect

relaxed

standing

under 3

conditions:

WL, loose

fit pack,

tight fit

pack

Loos

fit

pack

vs.

tight

fit

pack

(tight

ness

of

strap

s &

belts)

Y Tight fit

pack can

lead to

pulmonary

impairment

.

Reid

et al

2000

§

[43]

N

/

A

N/

A

N

/

A

Load

Distrib

ution

Manne

quin,

Pressu

re

Lumbar shear

force,

compressive

force over all

attachment

locations, load

distribution

N/A strap

angle

&

optim

al

locati

on for

Y The strap

angle

between

24⁰ & 30⁰

with

respect to

the vertical

Page 40: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

26

sensor

, force

plate

between upper

& lower torso,

peak/average

anterior

shoulder/

armpit contact

pressure, waist

belt lift

lower

attac

hmen

t

point

of

strap

angle

axis of the

body

caused

least

contact

pressure

beneath

straps &

more

comfort

Mack

ie et

al

2005

§

[36]

N

/

A

N/

A

N

/

A

Load

carriag

e

simulat

or ,

pressu

re

sensor

Shoulder strap

force &

pressure

N/A Loos

eness

of

strap

s +

hip

belt

Y Loose

straps

produced

less

shoulder

strap force

& pressure

Hong

and

Li

2005

[17]

1

3

12.

0.9

Y

In-

shoe

pressu

re

measu

rement

system

Vertical GRF,

force-to-time

ratio of the first

peak force, gait

cycle/stance/sin

gle and double

support

duration, time

to peak force

Climbing

up and

down stairs

while

carrying

different

loads in a

DSB or

SSB

SSB

vs.

DSB

Y The critical

threshold

load was

less while

carrying

SSB to

maintain a

stable gait

pattern

compared

with DSB

Stanf

ord

et al

2002

[49]

1

0

13

-

15

N Motion

analysi

s

system

, global

coordi

nate

system

Trunk & pelvis

motion, Rt & Lt

shoulder

elevation &

swing, mean

angle & range

of motion for

each kinematic

parameters

Walking

under 3

conditions:

WL,

carrying

20% BW in

a DSB or a

SSB

SSB

vs.

DSB

Y SSB

caused

more

postural

changes

Mack

ie

and

Legg

2008

[34]

1

8

13

-

14

N

Camer

a, Q,

Horizontal

displacement of

7 body

landmarks

relative to ankle

joint, Comfort,

RPE

Standing

WL or

wearing 5,

10, 12.5 or

15% BW in

a BP. Also,

a BP

loaded to

10% BW

was carried

with tighter

shoulder

straps

Tight

ness

of

shoul

der

strap

s

Y No

difference

on

posture,

comfort

and

balance

between

loose &

tight

shoulder

straps

Page 41: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

27

BP, Backpack; BW, Body Weight ; FEV1, Forced Expiratory Volume in 1sec ; FVC, Forced Vital Capacity ;GRF, Ground Reaction Force; N/A, Not Applicable; N, No; Q, Questionnaire; RPE, Rating of Perceived Exertion; WL, Without Load; Y, Yes; §, This study has been conducted on a mannequin and not human subjects

Table 7. Quality appraisal of studies that investigated shoulder straps

Au

tho

r(s),

ye

ar

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Tota

l score

Stu

dy d

esig

n &

le

vel o

f

evid

en

ce

Legg and Cruz 2004

N Y U U N N Y N N Y Y N N N N

4/15

III-2A

Bygrave et al 2004

N Y U U N N N Y N Y Y N N Y Y 6/15

III-2

Reid et al 2000

N/A

N/A

U Y N N Y Y N N Y N N Y N

5/13

III-3

Mackie et al 2005

N/A

N/A

U Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y

11/13

III-3

Hong and Li 2005

N Y U Y N Y Y Y N Y Y N N Y Y 9/15

III-2A

Stanford et al 2002

N Y U Y N N Y N N Y Y N Y Y Y 8/15

III-2A

Mackie and Legg 2008

N N U Y N Y N N Y Y Y N Y Y Y 8/15

III-2

Refer to table 3

Page 42: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

28

Discussion

The results of this systematic review show significant variability in the design

of the studies. This variability prevented any meaningful pooling of data. With

83% of studies published since 2000, it shows that interest and demand in

studying the most popular mode of load carriage is rising. A substantial

amount of literature in this review focused on providing the best backpack for

a specific group of people, mostly students or soldiers, while the rest of the

studies targeted others who use backpacks. Nevertheless, all of the studies’

reviewed aimed to discover the elements of a backpack that have the best

effect on posture, perceived pain, lung function and other comfort variables.

A backpack may maintain posture yet lead to respiratory impairment or

higher energy expenditure. So, to design a suitable backpack or to design a

feature of a backpack, the effect of the backpack on multiple important

aspects of bodily function should be considered.

Best backpack placement on the spine/ best load placement in a

backpack

Based on the results of 4 studies, low backpack placement leads to less

postural deviation and postural sway [2; 4; 9; 15]. One of these 4 studies was

conducted on adults and the other 3 on adolescents. Three and two studies

showed that load placement doesn’t have any influence on gait and posture,

respectively. It has been recommended that for carrying more than 15% of

body weight, low load placement should be avoided [46]. Other studies

investigated the effect of load positioning on energy and oxygen

consumption, pain, contact pressure and pulmonary function; however, due

to limited evidence no strong conclusions can be made.

Front pack and double pack

Results of 5 studies showed that front packs and double packs had less

effect on posture than backpacks [14; 22-24; 57]. Double packs help place

the centre of gravity of the load closer to the body and provide more stability

and efficiency for carrying heavy loads by distributing the load between the

back and front of the body; on the other hand, double packs can restrict

respiratory ventilation, prevent movement of upper limbs and reduce the

Page 43: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

29

visual field in front of the body [23; 31; 39; 52]. There is limited evidence on

influence of these two types of packs on other variables such as pain,

discomfort, energy consumption, electrical activity of muscles and etc.

Shoulder straps

There was little evidence found about backpack straps. What we did find was

that single strap backpacks caused respiratory dysfunction and more postural

changes than double strap backpacks. Three studies compared looseness

vs. tightness of shoulder straps but the findings of these studies are

conflicting.

General recommendations

Despite the difficulties with heterogeneity among the included studies we can

conclude that there is no one backpack that minimises effects on the body

from all of the aspects. In addition we can also propose some guidelines for

best practice design and use of backpacks (Table 8). We make these

recommendations taking into account the number of appraisal criteria

satisfied in tables 3, 5 and 7 which reflect whether the study should be

regarded as having a high risk of bias. Further discussion of these issues

follow.

Table 8: Recommendations for best backpack

User Population Children Adult

Backpack Fit Loose or tight fit pack made no difference on posture, comfort and balance [34]

Loose fit pack results in postural instability and higher energy consumption while tight fit pack leads to respiratory problems [8]

Loose fit pack resulted in less shoulder strap tension force and less shoulder interface pressure [36]

Best Type Of Shoulder Strap Regarding Lung Function and

No Research Double Strap Backpack is recommended over single strap backpack

Aspects

of design

Page 44: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

30

physiological variables

[27]

Best Type Of Shoulder Strap Regarding Gait & Posture

Double Strap Backpack is recommended over single strap backpack [17; 49]

No Research

Optimal Angle of Shoulder Strap

Between 24-30 degrees with respect to the vertical axis of the body [43]

‡ Lung Function and Physiological Variables

No Difference [10] Conflicting [29; 52]

‡ Gait & Posture Conflicting [4, 8, 9, 15, 21, 34, 46, 47]

Conflicting [13]

‡ Shoulder Contact Pressure

Upper Placement is recommended over lower placement [32]

No Research

Lower placement is recommended over upper placement [36]

Backpack Vs. Front Pack Or Double Pack Regarding Posture

Front pack [57] and double pack [22] are recommended over backpack

Front pack [14] and double pack [23; 24] are recommended over backpack

‡, Best Backpack Placement on the Spine/ Best Load Placement in the

Backpack Regarding

Limitations of the studies

Differences in study populations prevented complete combination and

comparison of study findings. Such differences inhibit identifying all of the

best features of a suitable backpack for a general market. These differences

include the variables of age, gender, stature, physical fitness and intended

usage of the backpack. Furthermore, there are other factors which make

combining or comparing the findings of the studies difficult. Study differences

included duration of carrying a backpack, dynamic or static condition of

testing, evenness or unevenness of terrain, and the part or system of the

body that was the focus of the studies.

This review reveals widespread deficiencies in the validity, reliability and

calibration of equipment and instruments used to study backpacks. These

factors are fundamental issues in producing meaningful evidence; therefore,

we recommend more studies need to be conducted to find reliable and valid

instruments for measuring the influence of backpack design on the body.

Page 45: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

31

Moreover, none of the studies mentioned training of the examiners or

providing training sessions for subjects in self rated outcome measures. This

may have also influenced the validity and reliability of the studies.

Sample size was just justified in one paper. A study with a small sample size

may not detect significant results. Also, there is a chance of random error

and publication bias in small studies, because interesting and favourable

results from small studies might be reported whereas less interesting findings

from small studies remain unreported [11; 12].

In this review, an appraisal scoring system was not used and studies were

not labelled by low, moderate or high quality; instead, trials were classified

with the notation of how many appraisal criteria they satisfied and were

assessed for every single item separately. It is worth noting that some

studies might be strong in some parts but poor in other aspects.

Inadequate reporting and lack of information of research methods reduced

the quality of studies in this review. More accurate reports of studies might be

achieved if more detailed information was reported. In this regard the

variables listed in the descriptive tables and the critical appraisal tables could

act as a template for improved study design and reporting.

As discussed it does not seem possible to design a backpack suitable for

everyone and usable in every situation. A best suited backpack for short

distance walking may not be the best for marching or hiking. Additionally, the

most comfortable backpack for girls may not also be the most comfortable for

boys. More comfortable and efficient backpack design should provide for

varying backpack sizes to suit different age groups, different average means

of height, weight and torso stature for that specific age group. However, just

a few studies considered backpack size or mentioned that what backpack

sizes were used in their investigations. Generally no explanation was

provided about the reasons why the size of the backpack studied was

chosen. Additionally, no information was provided about the optimal

dimensions especially the width of backpack features such as shoulder

straps, hip belt and sternum belt.

Page 46: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

32

Backpack fabric is another factor which can be important for choosing a

backpack. Backpack fabric can make a backpack heavier or lighter and put

more or less pressure on the body. Also, some fabrics provide better air

circulation between the body and pack and prevent less friction and heat

production between them. This has implications in hot weather or for long

distance use.

Limitations of this study

There are a number of limitations to the current study. This review was not a

totally blind review; authors and publication details were disclosed to the

reviewers and this can potentially lead to reviewer bias. However, reviewers

were not aware of the background and previous works of the authors. A

further limitation is that although the search strategy was comprehensive it is

possible that some studies were not found. Also, the validity and reliability of

the critical appraisal tool used in this study has not been established but was

developed from first principles using previously developed tools from related

areas. The suggestion of potential bias in studies using the number of critical

appraisal variables achieved is controversial and readers are invited to use

this as a guide only.

Acknowledgment

The authors thank Stacy Brunn for her independent review of the studies.

References

[1] T.N.H.a.M.R.C. (NHMRC), NHMRC additional levels of evidence and

grades for recommendations for developers of guidelines, in, 2008, p. Stage

2 consultation.

[2] J. Bobet and R.W. Norman, Effects of load placement on back muscle

activity in load carriage, European Journal of Applied Physiology and

Occupational Physiology 53 (1984), 71-75.

[3] D.R. Boulware, Backpacking-induced paresthesias, Wilderness and

Environmental Medicine 14 (2003), 161-166.

[4] H.M. Brackley, J.M. Stevenson, and J.C. Selinger, Effect of backpack

load placement on posture and spinal curvature in prepubescent children,

Work 32 (2009), 351-360.

Page 47: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

33

[5] G. Brattberg, Do pain problems in young school children persist into

early adulthood? A 13-year follow-up, European Journal of Pain 8 (2004),

187-199.

[6] A.M. Briggs, A.J. Smith, L.M. Straker, and P. Bragge, Thoracic spine

pain in the general population: prevalence, incidence and associated factors

in children, adolescents and adults. A systematic review, BMC

Musculoskeletal Disorders 10 (2009), 77.

[7] N. Buscemi, L. Hartling, B. Vandermeer, L. Tjosvold, and P. Klassen,

Single data extraction generated more errors than double data extraction in

systematic reviews, Journal of Clinical Epidemiology 59 (2006), 697-703.

[8] S. Bygrave, S.J. Legg, S. Myers, and M. Llewellyn, Effect of backpack

fit on lung function, Ergonomics 47 (2004), 324-329.

[9] D.H.K. Chow, Z.Y. Ou, X.G. Wang, and A. Lai, Short-term effects of

backpack load placement on spine deformation and repositioning error in

schoolchildren, Ergonomics 53 (2010), 56-64.

[10] D.H.K. Chow, J.M.L. Ting, M.H. Pope, and A. Lai, Effects of backpack

load placement on pulmonary capacities of normal schoolchildren during

upright stance, International Journal of Industrial Ergonomics 39 (2009), 703-

707.

[11] I.K. Crombie, The pocket guide to critical appraisal BMJ publishing

group, London, 1996.

[12] H.C.W. De Vet, T. Van Der Weijden, J.W.M. Muris, J. Heyrman, F.

Buntinx, and J.A. Knottnerus, Systematic reviews of diagnostic research.

Considerations about assessment and incorporation of methodological

quality, European Journal of Epidemiology 17 (2001), 301-306.

[13] C. Devroey, I. Jonkers, A. de Becker, G. Lenaerts, and A. Spaepen,

Evaluation of the effect of backpack load and position during standing and

walking using biomechanical, physiological and subjective measures,

Ergonomics 50 (2007), 728-742.

[14] P. Fiolkowski, M. Horodyski, M. Bishop, M. Williams, and L. Stylianou,

Changes in gait kinematics and posture with the use of a front pack,

Ergonomics 49 (2006), 885-894.

[15] K. Grimmer, B. Dansie, S. Milanese, U. Pirunsan, and P. Trott,

Adolescent standing postural response to backpack loads: A

randomisedcontrolled experimental study, BMC Musculoskeletal Disorders 3

(2002), 1-10.

Page 48: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

34

[16] M. Holewijn and W.A. Lotens, The influence of backpack design on

physical performance, Ergonomics 35 (1992), 149-157.

[17] Y. Hong and J.X. Li, Influence of load and carrying methods on gait

phase and ground reactions in children's stair walking, Gait and Posture 22

(2005), 63-68.

[18] T. Horton, Backpack spraying tips: Improving vegetation management

on utility ROWs, Public Works 136 (2005), 129.

[19] R.F. Johnson, J.J. Knapik, and D.J. Merullo, Symptoms during load

carrying: effects of mass and load distribution during a 20-km road march,

Perceptual and Motor Skills 81 (1995), 331-338.

[20] P. Juni, A. Witschi, R. Bloch, and M. Egger, The hazard of scoring the

quality of clinical trials for meta-analysis, JAMA 282 (1999), 1054-1060.

[21] E. Kellis and F. Arampatzi, Effects of sex and mode of carrying

schoolbags on ground reaction forces and temporal characteristics of gait,

Journal of Pediatric Orthopaedics Part B 18 (2009), 275-282.

[22] M.H. Kim, C.H. Yi, O.Y. Kwon, S.H. Cho, and W.G. Yoo, Changes in

neck muscle electromyography and forward head posture of children when

carrying schoolbags, Ergonomics 51 (2008), 890-901.

[23] H. Kinoshita, Effects of different loads and carrying systems on

selected biomechanical parameters describing walking gait, Ergonomics 28

(1985), 1347-1362.

[24] J.J. Knapik, P. Ang, H. Meiselman, W. Johnson, J. Kirk, C. Bensel,

and W. Hanlon, Soldier performance and strenuous road marching: Influence

of load mass and load distribution, Military Medicine 162 (1997), 62-67.

[25] P. Korovessis, G. Koureas, S. Zacharatos, and Z. Papazisis,

Backpacks, back pain, sagittal spinal curves and trunk alignment in

adolescents: A logistic and multinomial logistic analysis, Spine 30 (2005),

247-255.

[26] S.G. Lee, J.H. Kim, S.Y. Lee, I.S. Choi, and E.S. Moon, Winged

scapula caused by rhomboideus and trapezius muscles rupture associated

with repetitive minor trauma: A case report, Journal of Korean Medical

Science 21 (2006), 581-584.

[27] S.J. Legg and C.O. Cruz, Effect of single and double strap backpacks

on lung function, Ergonomics 47 (2004), 318-323.

[28] S.J. Legg, L. Perko, and P. Campbell, Subjective perceptual methods

for comparing backpacks, Ergonomics 40 (1997), 809-817.

Page 49: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

35

[29] B.S. Liu, Backpack load positioning and walking surface slope effects

on physiological responses in infantry soldiers, International Journal of

Industrial Ergonomics 37 (2007), 754-760.

[30] R. Lloyd and C.B. Cooke, Kinetic changes associated with load

carriage using two rucksack designs, Ergonomics 43 (2000 a), 1331-1341.

[31] R. Lloyd and C.B. Cooke, The oxygen consumption associated with

unloaded walking and load carriage using two different backpack designs,

European Journal of Applied Physiology 81 (2000 b), 486-492.

[32] B.R. Macias, G. Murthy, H. Chambers, and A.R. Hargens, Asymmetric

loads and pain associated with backpack carrying by children, Journal of

pediatric orthopedics 28 (2008), 512-517.

[33] W.G. Mackenzie, J.S. Sampath, R.W. Kruse, and G.J. Sheir-Neiss,

Backpacks in children, Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research (2003),

78-84.

[34] H.W. Mackie and S.J. Legg, Postural and subjective responses to

realistic schoolbag carriage, Ergonomics 51 (2008), 217-231.

[35] H.W. Mackie, S.J. Legg, J. Beadle, and D. Hedderley, Comparison of

four different backpacks intended for school use, Applied Ergonomics 34

(2003), 257-264.

[36] H.W. Mackie, J.M. Stevenson, S.A. Reid, and S.J. Legg, The effect of

simulated school load carriage configurations on shoulder strap tension

forces and shoulder interface pressure, Applied Ergonomics 36 (2005), 199-

206.

[37] A.B. Marsh, L. DiPonio, K. Yamakawa, S. Khurana, and A.J. Haig,

Changes in posture and perceived exertion in adolescents wearing

backpacks with and without abdominal supports, American Journal of

Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation 85 (2006), 509-515.

[38] S. Masiero, E. Carraro, A. Celia, D. Sarto, and M. Ermani, Prevalence

of nonspecific low back pain in schoolchildren aged between 13 and 15

years, Acta Paediatrica, International Journal of Paediatrics 97 (2008), 212-

216.

[39] R.R.E.E. Motmans, S. Tomlow, and D. Vissers, Trunk muscle activity

in different modes of carrying schoolbags, Ergonomics 49 (2006), 127-138.

[40] D. Nayduch and S.L. Sullivan, The problems of intrahospital transfer of

patients with trauma and one solution: the "Trauma Transfer Backpack",

Journal of Emergency Nursing 18 (1992), 383-389.

Page 50: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

36

[41] S. Negrini and R. Carabalona, Backpacks on! Schoolchildren's

perceptions of load, associations with back pain and factors determining the

load, Spine 27 (2002), 187-195.

[42] D.D. Pascoe, D.E. Pascoe, Y.T. Wang, D.M. Shim, and C.K. Kim,

Influence of carrying book bags on gait cycle and posture of youths,

Ergonomics 40 (1997), 631-641.

[43] S.A. Reid, J.T. Bryant, J.M. Stevenson, and J.B. Doan, Biomechanical

assessment of rucksack shoulder strap attachment location: Effect on load

distribution to the torso, in: Proceedings of the RTO-NATO specialist

meeting, 2000, pp. 1-9.

[44] S.A. Reid, J.M. Stevenson, and R.A. Whiteside, Biomechanical

assessment of lateral stiffness elements in the suspension system of a

backpack, Ergonomics 47 (2004), 1272-1281.

[45] G.I. Sheir-Neiss, R.W. Kruse, T. Rahman, L.P. Jacobson, and J.A.

Pelli, The association of backpack use and back pain in adolescents, Spine

28 (2003), 922-930.

[46] T. Singh and M. Koh, Effects of backpack load position on

spatiotemporal parameters and trunk forward lean, Gait and Posture 29

(2009 a), 49-53.

[47] T. Singh and M. Koh, Lower limb dynamics change for children while

walking with backpack loads to modulate shock transmission to the head,

Journal of Biomechanics 42 (2009 b), 736-742.

[48] S.A. Southard and G.A. Mirka, An evaluation of backpack harness

systems in non-neutral torso postures, Applied Ergonomics 38 (2007), 541-

547.

[49] C. Stanford, P. Francis, and H. Chambers, Changes in upper body

and arm kinematics while carrying symmetrical and asymmetrical backpack

loads, in: International society of biomechanics in sports, Extremadura-Spain

2002, pp. 610-613.

[50] E. Steele, A. Bialocerkowski, and K. Grimmer, The postural effects of

load carriage on young people - a systematic review, BMC Musculoskeletal

Disorders 4 (2003), 12.

[51] J.M. Stevenson, J.T. Bryant, S.A. Reid, R.P. Pelot, E.L. Morin, and

L.L. Bossi, Development and assessment of the Canadian personal load

carriage system using objective biomechanical measures, Ergonomics 47

(2004), 1255-1271.

Page 51: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

37

[52] K.J. Stuempfle, D.G. Drury, and A.L. Wilson, Effect of load position on

physiological and perceptual responses during load carriage with an internal

frame backpack, Ergonomics 47 (2004), 784-789.

[53] S. Taimela, U.M. Kujala, J.J. Salminen, and T. Viljanen, The

prevalence of low back pain among children and adolescents: A nationwide,

cohort-based questionnaire survey in Finland, Spine 22 (1997), 1132-1136.

[54] P. Viry, C. Creveuil, and C. Marcelli, Nonspecific back pain in children:

A search for associated factors in 14-year-old schoolchildren, Revue du

Rhumatisme. English Edition 66 (1999), 381-388.

[55] B.F. Walker, The prevalence of low back pain: A systematic review of

the literature from 1966 to 1998, Journal of Spinal Disorders 13 (2000), 205-

217.

[56] E.J. Wall, S.L. Foad, and J. Spears, Backpacks and back pain:

Where's the epidemic?, Journal of Pediatric Orthopaedics 23 (2003), 437-

439.

[57] C.X.G. Wang, D.H.K. Chow, and M.H. Pope, Biomechanical effect of

LOAuD carriage on spine curvature and repositioning ability in adolescents,

in: Proceedings of the Fifth IASTED International Conference on

Biomechanics, BioMech 2007, 2007, pp. 161-166.

[58] P. Whiting, R. Harbord, and J. Kleijnen, No role for quality scores in

systematic reviews of diagnostic accuracy studies, BMC Medical Research

Methodology 5 (2005), 19.

[59] J.K. Whittfield, S.J. Legg, and D.I. Hedderley, The weight and use of

schoolbags in New Zealand secondary schools, Ergonomics 44 (2001), 819-

824.

Page 52: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

38

CHAPTER THREE

CAN LOAD CARRIAGE SYSTEM WEIGHT, DESIGN AND

PLACEMENT AFFECT PAIN AND DISCOMFORT? A

SYSTEMATIC REVIEW.

Published as

Golriz S, Walker B. (2011)

Journal of Back and Musculoskeletal Rehabilitation, 24(1):1-16.

Page 53: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

39

In this chapter we report our findings of a systematic review which we

conducted in order to answer three questions: 1) Does usage or the weight of

load carriage systems cause pain, perceived exertion or discomfort? 2) Can

load carriage system placement on the spine influence pain, perceived

exertion or discomfort? 3) Can load carriage system design influence the

amount of pain, perceived exertion or discomfort caused by their use?

The work resulted in the following publication:

Golriz S, Walker B. Can load carriage system weight, design and placement

affect pain and discomfort? A systematic review. Journal of Back and

Musculoskeletal Rehabilitation. 2011;24(1):1-16.

Page 54: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

40

Do backpacks cause back pain? A systematic review

Samira Golriz1 MSPT, Bruce Walker2 DC, MPH, DrPH

1PhD Student, School of Chiropractic and Sports Science, Murdoch

University, Murdoch 6150, Western Australia, Australia

2Senior Lecturer, School of Chiropractic and Sports Science, Murdoch

University, Murdoch 6150, Western Australia, Australia

Contact information:

[email protected] ; Tel: + 61 8 9360 1450, Fax: + 61 8 9360 1299

School of Chiropractic and Sports Science, Murdoch University, 90 South

Street, Murdoch, WA 6150, Australia

Page 55: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

41

Abstract.

Purpose: A systematic review of the literature was conducted to answer the

questions 1. Does backpack use or backpack weight cause pain or

discomfort? 2. Can backpack placement on the spine influence any pain or

discomfort? 3. Can backpack design influence the amount of any pain or

discomfort caused by their use?

Method: Eight databases were searched. Each included study was analysed

and quality appraised by two independent reviewers.

Results: Forty-five articles that addressed the research questions were

included in the study. Significant variability in the study design and

populations of the studies prevented data pooling and the evidence is

conflicting. However, qualitative synthesis of the studies shows that carrying

loads may provoke low back pain; and it may also trigger neck, thoracic and

shoulder pain. Backpack weight can influence perceived pain, however other

factors are involved.

Discussion: There is conflicting but positive evidence on the correlation

between backpack load carrying and experiencing pain during different

stages of life. The research to date is lacking with the most commonly

identified methodological deficiencies being poor overall design, the lack of

justification of sample size, providing training sessions for examiners, and not

utilising calibrated, valid and reliable instruments for measurement.

Keywords: backpack, pain, systematic review, front pack, double pack

Page 56: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

42

Introduction

Adult back pain is a significant source of long term dysfunction and absence

from work which puts a huge economic, social and emotional burden on

individuals and society [56,57]. Additionally, back pain is a current issue

among young people with low back pain prevalence in adolescents

measured between 20% to 72% [29,38]. Young people commonly use

backpacks as they are an effective and most economical way of carrying

weight, however, it has been proposed they can also be a significant

contributing risk factor for discomfort, fatigue, muscle soreness and

musculoskeletal pain especially low back pain [9,29,47-49,57]. It has been

speculated that backpacks may cause problems not only for the developing

skeletal system but also for a mature spine as a developed spine is also

sensitive to load [41,45]. Moreover, experiencing back pain in childhood is a

concern as it may lead to more common and severe issues later in life [41].

Various suggested cut off backpack weights have been recommended by

researchers in order to reduce the risk associated with backpack use.

However, do backpacks really cause pain and discomfort?

The aim of this systematic review is to answer the following questions about

a broad range of population groups:

Does usage or weight of load carriage system cause pain, perceived exertion

or discomfort?

Can load carriage system placement on the spine influence pain, perceived

exertion or discomfort?

Can load carriage system design influence the amount of pain, perceived

exertion or discomfort caused by their use?

Methods

Literature search

A comprehensive search strategy was conducted to identify all relevant

publications on load carriage systems and their design. The search strategy

is seen below.

Page 57: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

43

Allied health, health-research, health-science and medical databases

including Medline, Cochrane library, Science Direct, PubMed, Scopus,

CINAHL, MANTIS and EMBASE were used. The search was performed

using the combination of the following key indexing terms: (‘backpack’, ‘back

pack’, ‘rucksack’, ‘schoolbag’, ‘school bag’, ‘load carriage system’) and

(‘pain’, ‘discomfort’, ‘perceived exertion’, ‘comfort’) and (‘design’ or

‘performance’). Google searches were also carried out to find any related

articles, meeting proceedings or links. Furthermore, a hand search of the

reference lists of existing articles was conducted to find papers that did not

appear in the main database searches. The search covered literature from

1966 to February 2010.

Selection criteria

Studies with the main focus on the human effects of load carriage systems

(backpacks, front packs or double packs) on comfort, discomfort, pain or

perceived exertion were included. Only studies that were conducted on

humans and not manikins were included. Also, studies that focussed on

unhealthy subjects (e.g. scoliosis) were excluded from the review. Studies

were limited to peer-reviewed journals and conference proceedings. Case

reports and clinical opinions were excluded. This led to broad inclusion

criteria for study design in order to prevent limitation of potentially relevant

articles. All study abstracts meeting these broad criteria were initially

included. Subsequent inclusion based on the inclusion criteria was then

assessed by two trained reviewers (SG and BW) who reviewed the papers

independently. If the eligibility of studies was not clear from the abstracts,

then full texts of the articles were obtained and assessed independently by

the two authors. If a difference of opinion occurred, consensus was reached

on inclusion or exclusion by discussion and reflection. A third party could be

used in the event of disagreement.

Data extraction and management

SG acted as the principal reviewer. Three other reviewers (MW, NM, and

WN) were trained by SG and BW (an experienced investigator) and acted as

the second reviewers to extract data from the included papers. Training

Page 58: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

44

sessions included clarification of all data items and required elements of the

quality appraisal tool were provided. Standardisation of the procedure was

required to provide consistency in methods used by the reviewers; therefore,

before starting to extract data, a trial was conducted on two similar but

unrelated papers and the results discussed. Co-investigator (BW) was

consulted when there was disagreement between SG and MW, NM or WN.

Data extraction form

This form consisted of descriptive characteristics and a quality appraisal tool.

Data were extracted based on the elements of this form which were related

to the research questions and aims of this review and seen in tables 2–9.

Level of evidence

The level of evidence of each paper was assessed based on the National

Health and Medical Research Council of Australia guidelines (table 1). This

was based on the proposition that some designs provide more valid and

reliable findings than others. The lower the ranking in hierarchy of evidence

the greater the risk of bias or error in a study [1].

Table 1: NHMRC level of evidence

Level of evidence

Study design (intervention) Study design (aetiology)

I A Systematic review of randomised controlled trials

A systematic review of level II studies

II A randomised controlled trial A prospective cohort study III-1 A pseudo randomised controlled trial All or none III-2 A comparative study with concurrent

controls: Non-randomised experimental trial Cohort study Case-control study Interrupted time series with a control group

A retrospective cohort study

III-3 A comparative study without concurrent controls: Historical control study Two or more single arm study Interrupted time series without a parallel control group

A case-control study

IV Case series with either post-test or pre-test/post-test outcomes

A cross-sectional study or case series

Page 59: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

45

Quality appraisal

The quality of papers was assessed according to a modified version of the

quality appraisal tool by Crombie [11]. In this study, we modified the Crombie

tool by adding three extra appraisal items, ‘attention to calibration of

equipment/ instrument before use’, ‘Was the person who carried out the

measurement trained?’ and ‘Discussion of weaknesses or limitations of the

study in the paper’. Moreover, validity and reliability of measurements which

were fitted into one item by Crombie, were split up into two questions as

these two concepts demonstrate two different aspects in research. The

modified Crombie quality appraisal items can be seen in table 5.

Answers to the quality appraisal items were defined as Yes, No, Not

Applicable or Unclear. In the case that two or more pieces of equipment or

instruments were used, details of calibration, validity or reliability of one of

instruments was considered an adequate description of the validity or

reliability. A score of one was given to each yes answer and zero to no,

unclear and N/A answers. The overall score was reported as a tally of all yes

answers out of 15, 14 or 13 based on the applicable answers for each study.

Often, reviewers add the scores of individual items from the critical appraisal

tool to present a total score [51]. However, using this method may be

arbitrary as is weighting each item. Instead, it has been recommended that

each item be investigated separately, rather than use a combined quality

score [23,58]. However, given the dichotomy of views in the literature we

chose to simply classify studies with the notation of how many critical

appraisal items they satisfied. In this way we believe an estimation of the

quality of the study can be gained, with studies that meet less appraisal

criteria being treated with more caution.

Results

Two hundred and eighty four articles were identified from the databases

using the search strategy. Titles and abstracts of these articles were

manually screened for relevance and 178 articles were excluded. The

remaining articles (n=106) were studied in detail to see if they satisfied the

inclusion criteria. A further 59 papers were excluded as did not meet the

Page 60: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

46

selection criteria. Two articles were added after reference checking. Two

articles were excluded as the full texts were unobtainable by the Murdoch

University library staff despite genuine efforts [25,55] and one paper was

excluded as the full text was not in readable form [42]. Forty six articles were

included for the final review.

Figure 1: Inclusion and exclusion of articles

Study results

It is worth noting that noxious human effects in many studies were labelled

with different words such as pain, discomfort and perceived exertion. Also,

these variables were often assessed using a variety of scales such as

regional body diagrams, categorical 5-point or 7-point scales,

musculoskeletal discomfort diagrams, soreness and discomfort figures,

Visual Analogue Scales (VAS) and Borg Scales (BS). The latter two being

the most commonly used. We found 46 suitable trials to include in this

review. Of these, 26 trials examined the correlation between backpack use

and pain, perceived exertion or discomfort, seven studies assessed the

correlation of pain, discomfort and perceived exertion with increasing load,

three studies investigated the effect of load placement on pain, perceived

exertion or discomfort and 10 studies compared the effect of different designs

and features of backpacks on pain, discomfort and perceived exertion.

Articles discovered from online databases (n= 284)

Excluded after screening of

titles and abstracts (n=178)

9

Full texts were studied for

more detail (n=106) Excluded as did not meet

the inclusion criteria (n=59)

Articles added after

hand search (n=2) Excluded as the full texts

were unobtainable (n=2)

9

Excluded as the full text was

not in readable form (n=1)

9

Articles accepted for review

(n=46)

Page 61: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

47

What is the relationship between backpack use & pain, perceived

exertion or discomfort?

In this part of the review, 33 papers were included. Twenty out of 33 studies

used cross-sectional design to collect data through use of various

questionnaires and 13 studies utilised experimental design. Twenty-six

studies assessed the correlation between backpack use and pain, perceived

exertion or discomfort and seven studies assessed the association between

pain, perceived exertion or discomfort with increasing load. Twenty-three

studies assessed adolescents while in 10 trials adults were investigated.

Eight studies studied women or men exclusively. In nine studies, it was not

clear if they examined any gender exclusively as they didn’t provide the

number of male or female subjects. In just 10 studies, subjects were

screened for entry into the experiment based on the inclusion and exclusion

criteria. Descriptive characteristics of these studies can be seen in table 2

and results of these studies can be seen in table 3 and 4.

Table2: Descriptive characteristics of studies that assessed the

correlation between backpack use and pain, perceived exertion and

discomfort

Au

tho

rs, P

ub

licat

ion

Ye

ar

Sam

ple

siz

e

Age

(ran

ge o

r M

ean

± S

D)

Ge

nd

er

Incl

usi

on

an

d e

xclu

sio

n

crit

eri

a

Inst

rum

en

ts o

f

me

asu

rem

en

ts

Task

Co

mp

licat

ion

s o

f w

ear

ing

bac

kpac

k h

ave

be

en

re

po

rte

d o

n

Cle

arly

sta

ted

aim

s

Du

rati

on

of

carr

yin

g

bac

kpac

k

Marsh et al 2006 [37]

20 13-16 F:9 M:11

Y VAS, BS Walking while wearing BP with and without an abdominal support (10 & 20% BW)

RPE Y 5 min for each trial

Siambanes et al 2004 [48]

3498 11-15 U N Digital electronic scale, Q

Q back pain Y -

Navuluri & Navuluri 2006 [40]

61 F: 12.9 M: 13.3

F:32 M:29

N Q, BS, scale

Q Back and neck pain

Y -

Chiang et al 2006 [10]

55 13.25±0.4

U N Q, digital scale

Q Low back pain

Y -

Wall et al 2003 [57]

346 6-18 F:237 M:109

Y Q Q Low back pain

Y -

Grimmer & Williams 2000 [15]

1193 8-12 U N digital electronic scale, Q

Q Low back pain

Y -

Moore et al 2007 [39]

531 8-18 F: 287 M: 244

N Electronic scale, interview

Questions at interview

Upper and mid back pain

Y -

Page 62: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

48

Negrini & Carabalona 2002 [41]

202 11.06±0.34

U N Q, balance

Q back pain Y -

Madras et al 1998 [36]

11 25±3.38 U Y BS Walking at 0, 5% & 10% grade wearing no pack, waist pack or BP

RPE Y 5 min for each trial

Iyer 2001 [18]

351 9-20.6 U N Q, BS, meter scale with a height rod

Q Shoulder and back pain

N -

Birrell & Haslam 2009 [6]

127 20.61±2.55†

F:29 M:98

N Comfort Q

Marching while carrying load

RPE Y 1 h

Birrell & Hooper 2007 [7]

18 21.2±1.4†

U N Q, interview

Q Upper limb Y 2 h

Korovessis et al 2004 [28]

3441 12±1.5 F:1816 M:1625

Y Q, digital electronic Mettler weightier

Walking for 2hr while students carried their personal BP

Dorsal pain and Low back pain

Y -

Haselgrove et al 2008 [16]

1202 14.1±0.2

F:587 M:615

N Q Q Back and neck pain

Y -

Korovessis et al 2005 [29]

1252 12-18 F:664 M:588

Y VAS, scale

Standing with extended knees & hips, keeping the arms close to the body with and without wearing a BP

Dorsal pain and Low back pain

Y -

Lockhart et al 2004 [34]

127 12-13 F:78 M:49

N Survey Q pain Y -

Bauer & Freivalds 2009 [4]

20 12.9±1 F:10 M:10

N BS Standing & walking while carrying 0, 10, 15 or 20% BW in a BP

RPE Y 3 min for each trial

Sheir-Neiss et al 2003 [47]

1122 12-18 U N Q, scale Q back pain Y -

Kirk & Schneider 1992 [26]

11 18-33 F N BS Walking while carrying 33% BW in an internal or external frame BP

RPE N 1 h

Talbott et al 2009 [53]

871 9-18 F:511 M:359

N Q Q Pain Y -

Al-Hazzaa 2006 [2]

702 6-14 M N Q , digital scale

Questions at interview

Shoulder pain

Y -

Whittfield et al 2005 [59]

140 17.1 F:70 M:70

N Electronic scale, Nordic Musculos-keletal Q

Q Upper body

Y -

Goodgold et al 2002 [13]

345 11-14 F:176 M:169

Y Q, scale Q Back pain Y -

Van Gent 2003 [54]

745 12-14 F:367 M:378

N Q, scale Q Neck, shoulder and back pain

Y -

Young et al 2006 [60]

184 11.2±1.9

M:76 F:108

N Q, scale Q Back pain Y -

Puckree et al 2004 [43]

176 12.2±0.8

U N Scale, Q Q Neck, shoulder and back comfort

Y -

Ling et al

2004§ [32]

7 24.5±3.4

F Y VAS, modified

Marching without load or carrying 20,

Discomfort U 1 h

Page 63: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

49

BS 30, 40 & 50 pounds

Beekley et

al 2007§

[5]

10 32.4±1.3†

M Y BS Marching while carrying 30, 50 and 70% of lean body mass

RPE Y 30 min for each trial

Quesada et

al 2000§

[44]

12 22.4±2.3†

M Y BS Marching WL or while carrying 15 and 30% of BW

RPE Y 40 min for each trial

Goslin & Rorke

1986§ [14]

10 24.3±2.8

M N BS Walking while carrying 0, 20, 40% BW in a BP at 2 different speeds

RPE Y 10 min for each trial

Kennedy et

al 1999§

[24]

42 9.1±0.69

F:20 M:22

Y BS, VAS Walking under 5 conditions: WL or carrying 5, 10, 15, 20% of BW in a BP

RPE Y 5 min for each trial

LIoyd et al

2009§ [33] 32 22.3 F N VAS, BS,

Likert scale

Walking while carrying a variety of loads until pain led to voluntary cessation of the session or a load of 70% body mass was carried

RPE, pain and regional discomfort

Y 4 min for each trial

Johnson et

al 1995§

[22]

15 21-36† M N Environmental symptoms Q, 6-point scale

Walking while carrying 34, 48 or 61 kg in a standard army BP or prototype double pack

Tiredness, discomfort, back pain

Y Time needed to finish 20 km

BP, Backpack; BS, Borg Scale; BW, Body weight; H, Hour; Min, Minute; N, No; Q, Questionnaire; RPE, Rating of

Perceived Exertion; VAS, Visual Analogue Scale; WL, Without Load; Y, Yes; §, studies that assessed the

correlation of pain with increasing load; †, studies that were conducted on soldiers

Table 3: Results of the studies that assessed the correlation between

backpack use and pain

Author Correlation between backpack weight and pain

Comment

Siambanes et al 2004 Y Older students and those who walk to and from school experienced more pain

Navuluri & Navuluri 2006

Y Backpack pain was seen just among girls

Moore et al 2007 Y Younger student and girls are more at risk of experiencing pain

Haselgrove et al 2008 Y Pain increased in both genders but it was more prevalent between girls

Sheir-Neiss et al 2003 Y Girls and students with larger body mass index experienced more pain. Correlations between backpack weight and extent of using backpacks with pain

Talbott et al 2009 Y Besides weight, the amount of time carrying was also associated with pain

Van Gent et al 2003 Y Girls and younger students reported pain more often

Grimmer & Williams 2000

Y Pain was associated with weight, time spent carrying backpack, time spent sitting. Girls and younger students were more vulnerable. No correlation was

Page 64: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

50

seen between backpack weight and body mass index

Puckree et al 2004 Y

Korovessis et al 2004 Y Girls experienced more pain than boys

Chiang et al 2006 N Association was reported between backpack carrying time and pain

Wall et al 2003 N Intensity of pain increased by backpack carrying

Negrini & Carabalona 2002

N Duration of backpack carrying but not backpack weight was associated with pain

Korovessis et al 2005 N Girls reported pain more often and with higher intensity

Goodgold et al 2002 N

Al-Hazza 2006 N Older students reported pain more often

Whittfield et al 2005 N No association between backpack weight and incidence of pain

Lyer 2001 N No association between backpack weight or age with pain

Young et al 2006 N No association between backpack weight and back pain. Association between age and back pain (pain was more common in older students)

N, No; Y, Yes

Table 4: Results of the studies that assessed the correlation between

backpack use and perceived exertion

Author Correlation between backpack weight and perceived exertion

Comment

Marsh et al 2006 Y Abdominal support decreased RPE

Madras et al 1998 Y

Kirk & Schneider 1992 Y Besides weight, the amount of time carrying was also associated with RPE

Bauer and Freivalds 2009

N Carry 10% bodyweight didn’t have influence on RPE

N, No; Y, Yes

The quality appraisal of the studies can be seen in table 5. Sample size

varied from seven to 3498 but just two of the studies justified their sample

sizes. Also only three articles declared that the person who carried out the

measurements was trained. Eight out of seventeen studies used calibrated

equipment and instruments and nine studies didn’t provide any detail on the

calibration of the equipment they used. Reasonable information and

description of the validity and reliability of equipment and instruments used

were reported in just seven and four studies, respectively. Also, one paper

provided information on the inter-tester and intra-tester reliability of the

Page 65: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

51

method they used. The results of none of the papers could be generalised as

they just assessed a specific age range or sex.

Table 5: Quality appraisal of studies that assessed the correlation

between backpack use and pain

Authors, Publication Year

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14

15 16

Total score

Marsh et al 2006

N Y U Y Y Y Y U Y Y Y N Y Y Y III-3A

11/15

Siambanes et al 2004

N Y U Y N N Y Y N Y Y N N Y Y IV 8/15

Navuluri & Navuluri 2006

N Y U N Y Y Y Y U Y Y N Y Y U IV 9/15

Chiang et al 2006

N Y U N N N Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y IV 8/15

Wall et al 2003

N Y U N/A

N N Y Y N N Y N N Y N IV 4/14

Grimmer & Williams 2000

Y Y Y Y N N Y N Y Y Y N Y Y Y IV 11/15

Moore et al 2007

N Y U N N N Y Y N Y Y N N Y Y IV 8/15

Negrini & Carabalona 2002

N Y U N Y N Y Y Y Y N N Y Y U IV 8/15

Madras et al 1998

N N U N/A

N N Y Y N N Y N Y Y Y III-2A

6/14

Iyer 2001 N Y Y Y N N Y N N Y N N N Y Y IV 7/15

Birrell & Haslam 2009

N Y U N/A

Y N Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y IV 10/14

Birrell & Hooper 2007

N Y U N/A

N N Y N N Y Y N N Y N IV 5/14

Korovessis et al 2004

N Y U N N N Y Y N N Y N Y Y Y IV 7/15

Haselgrove et al 2008

N N

U N/A

Y Y Y Y N Y Y N Y Y Y IV 9/14

Korovessid et al 2005

N Y U N N N Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y IV 8/15

Lockhart et al 2004

N Y U N/A

N Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y IV 10/14

Bauer & Freivalds 2009

Y Y U N/A

N N Y N Y Y Y N Y Y Y III-2A

9/14

Sheir-Neiss et al 2003

N Y U Y Y N Y N N Y Y N Y Y Y IV 9/15

Kirk & Schneider 1992

N Y U N/A

N N Y N Y Y Y N Y Y Y III-3 8/14

Talbott et al 2009

N Y U N/A

N N Y U N Y Y N Y Y Y IV 7/14

Al-Hazzaa 2006

N Y U N N N Y N N N Y N Y Y Y IV 6/15

Whittfield et al 2005

N Y U Y N N Y U N Y Y N Y Y Y IV 8/15

Goodgold et al 2002

N N U N U N Y U Y Y Y N Y Y Y IV 7/15

Van Gent 2003

N N U N N N Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y IV 8/15

Page 66: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

52

Young et al 2006

N Y U Y N N Y Y Y N/A

Y N Y Y N IV 8/14

Puckree et al 2004

N Y U Y Y U Y N Y Y Y N Y Y N IV 9/15

Ling et al 2004§

N N

U N/A

N N N Y N Y Y N Y Y Y III-2 6/14

Beekley et al 2007§

N Y U N/A

N N Y N Y N Y N N Y Y III-3A

6/14

Quesada et al 2000§

N Y U N/A

N N Y N Y N Y N Y Y Y III-2A

7/14

Goslin & Rorke 1986§

N Y U N/A

N N Y N Y Y Y N N Y N III-2A

6/14

Kennedy et al 1999§

N Y U N/A

N N Y N Y Y Y N N Y Y III-3A

8/15

LIoyd et al

2009§ N Y Y N/

A N N Y N Y Y Y N Y Y Y III-

2A 9/14

Johnson et

al 1995§ N Y U N/

A N N Y Y N Y Y N Y Y Y III-

2A 8/14

1. Justification of sample size; 2. Consistency in the number of subjects reported throughout the paper; 3. The person who carried out the measurement was trained; 4. Was the equipment/instrument calibrated before use; 5. Adequate description of the validity of the instrument/equipment; 6. Adequate description of the reliability of the instrument/equipment; 7.was the design appropriate for stated aims; 8. Weakness or limitations mentioned; 9. Interpretation of null findings; 10. Interpretations of important effects; 11. Comparison of results with previous reports; 12. Implication in real life/generalisability; 13. Adequate description of statistical method; 14. Adequate description of the data; 15. Assessment of statistical significance; 16. Type of experimental design and level of evidence ;§, studies that assessed the correlation of pain with increasing load; *, adequate description of reliability of the method was provided; III-2A, a comparative study with concurrent control (an internal control group) _phases randomisation; III-2, a comparative study with concurrent control (an internal control group); III-3A, a comparative study without concurrent control _phases randomisation; III-3, a comparative study without concurrent control; IV, a cross-sectional study

Seven studies assessed the correlation between pain, discomfort and

perceived exertion with increasing load. Ling et al 2004 reported that level of

discomfort increased as the load increased in adults [32]. Also, Beekley et al

2007 showed that perceived exertion was significantly higher while carrying

70% lean body mass (LBM) than 30% and 50% LBM in adults; however, no

differences in perceived exertion responses were seen between 50% and

30% LBM [5]. LIoyd et al 2009 observed that pain, perceived exertion and

regional discomfort increased with increasing load (from 10% to 70% of body

mass) in most of the body parts while some other parts such as chest, hips,

buttocks and feet only showed significant changes between 15% and 20%

body mass load [33]. Quesada et al 2000 stated that 0 and 15% body weight

load produced similar results of RPE but subjects perceived the work to be

harder during carrying 30% bodyweight [44]. Goslin and Rorke 1986 also

reported that there is a linear relationship between perceived exertion and

increase in the amount of load [14]. Johnson et al 1995 assessed discomfort

when soldiers carried 34, 48 or 61 kg loads in a backpack and double pack. It

Page 67: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

53

was reported that as load increased, discomfort soared [22]. In the only study

that investigated adolescents, Kennedy 1999 declared a rise in perceived

difficulty with increasing weight [24]. Descriptive characteristics and quality

appraisal of these studies can be seen in table 2 and 5.

Based on these studies the weight of the evidence suggests that there is a

correlation between backpack weight and pain, perceived exertion or

discomfort. However, other factors such as gender, age and duration of

carrying load can also influence these variables. Further, as the load

increases the level of pain, perceived exertion or discomfort raises but the

beginning point of the pain can be different in various conditions and between

different subjects.

Determining the effect of load placement on pain

Three studies assessed the effect of load placement on pain, perceived

exertion and discomfort. Stuempfle et al 2004 compared the effect of load

placement on perceived exertion in female adults and it was shown that high

back load placement could lead to less perceived exertion compared to mid

or low back load placement [52]; on the other hand, Brackley et al 2009 and

Devroey et al 2007 reported that load placement did not have influence on

perceived exertion in adolescents and adults, respectively [8,12]. Table 6 and

7 shows the descriptive characteristics and quality appraisal of these papers,

respectively.

Table 6: Descriptive characteristics of studies that examined the effect

of load placement on pain

Au

tho

rs, P

ub

licat

ion

Ye

ar

Sam

ple

siz

e

Age

(ran

ge o

r M

ean

± S

D)

Ge

nd

er

Incl

usi

on

an

d e

xclu

sio

n

crit

eri

a

Inst

rum

en

ts o

f

me

asu

rem

en

t

Task

Co

mp

licat

ion

s o

f w

ear

ing

bac

kpac

k h

ave

be

en

rep

ort

ed

on

Cle

arly

sta

ted

aim

s

Du

rati

on

of

carr

yin

g

bac

kpac

k

Stuempfle et al 2004 [52]

10 18-22 F N BS Walking while carrying 25% BW in a high, central or low back position

RPE Y 10 min for each trial

Brackley et al 2009 [8]

15 U (grade 5 student

F:10 M:5

U Q, body map diagram, Wong-Baker Faces pain

Carrying 15% of BW with the centre of BP located on high, mid or low back

RPE N Time needed to finish 1000 m walk

Page 68: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

54

s) scale

Devroey et al 2007 [12]

20 23.9±2.59

F:8 M:12

N BS Standing and walking without pack and with 5, 10 and 15% BW

RPE and discomfort

N Static: 1 min Dynamic : 5 min

Refer to table 2

Table7: Quality appraisal of studies that examined the effect of load

placement on pain

Authors, Publication Year

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Total score

Stuempfle et al 2004

N Y U N/A N N Y N N N Y N Y Y Y III-3A

6/14

Brackley et al 2009

N Y U N/A N N Y Y N N Y N N N Y III-3A

5/14

Devroey et al 2007

N N U N/A N N Y Y Y N Y N Y Y Y III-2A

7/14

1-16, Refer to the legend of table 5

The results of this section are inconclusive so it is not possible to conclude

what is the best placement of backpacks on the spine.

Can different designs of backpacks reduce the discomfort?

Ten studies compared the effect of different designs and features of

backpacks on pain, discomfort and perceived exertion. Descriptive

characteristics and quality appraisal of these studies can be seen in table 8

and 9, respectively. Eight out of 10 studies investigated adults and just two

studies were conducted on children. Five studies examined males

exclusively. Only Bauer & Freivalds 2008 justified the sample size they

examined.

Table 8: Descriptive characteristics of studies that examined if different

designs can reduce pain, perceived exertion and discomfort

Au

tho

rs, P

ub

licat

ion

Y

ear

Sam

ple

siz

e

Age

(ra

nge

or

Mea

n ±

SD)

Ge

nd

er

Incl

usi

on

an

d e

xclu

sio

n

crit

eri

a

Inst

rum

ents

of

me

asu

rem

en

t

Task

Co

mp

licat

ion

s o

f w

ear

ing

bac

kpac

ks

hav

e b

ee

n r

ep

ort

ed

on

cle

arly

sta

ted

aim

s

Du

rati

on

of

carr

yin

g

bac

kpac

k

Jacobson & Jones 2000 [20]

20 24.3±3.6 20 N BS, 7 point scale

Walking with 16 obstacles while wearing BPs

comfort Y Time needed to finish 30 m

Page 69: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

55

Jacobson et al 2003 [19]

21 20.4±1.41 F: 16 M:5

Y VAS Carrying different backpacks for the whole day

comfort Y 10 days

Jacobson et al 2004 [21]

19 22±1.36 M:10 F:9

N VAS, anatomical illustration rating scale

Carrying 2 BPs for the whole day

Neck, shoulder, back and overall comfort

Y 10 days

Holewijn & Lotens 1992 [17]

10 NM†(adult) M N Q Marching with 10 different BPs

RPE N 1 h

Bauer & Freivalds 2008 [3]

20 11-14 F:10 M:10

Y BS Standing & walking WL, wearing a standard BP & a BP with additional comfort features

RPE Y 3 min for each trial

Southward & Mirka 2006 [50]

15 21-55 M:12 F:3

N Likert scale Bending forward while wearing different BPs

comfort Y Time needed to gradually bending forward until Reaching the designated angle

Knapik et al 1997 [27]

15 29.7±4.3† M Y soreness and discomfort Q, scale

Marching while carrying BP & double pack

discomfort

Y Time needed to finish 20 km

Mackie et al 2003 [35]

12 12.6±1.1 F:6 M:6

N VAS, Q, BS, scale rating method, musculoskeletal discomfort diagram

Walking while wearing each of 4 BPs

RPE and discomfort

Y 20 min for each BP

Legg et al 1997 [31]

10 22.5±6.3 M N regional body diagram, category ratio scale, Q, VAS

Walking while carrying 20 kg in 2 different BPs

Perceived discomfort

Y 30 min for each BP

Legg et al 2003 [30]

10 30.8±11.3 M N regional body diagram, category ratio scale, Q, VAS

Walking while carrying 15 kg in 2 different BPs

Perceived discomfort

Y 15 min for each BP

Refer to table 2

Table 9: Quality appraisal of studies that examined if different designs

can reduce the pain

Authors, Publication Year

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12

13

14

15 16 Total score

Jacobson & Jones 2000

N Y U N/A

N N Y Y N N Y N N N N III-3A

4/14

Jacobson et al 2003

N N U N/A

N N Y Y N/A

Y Y N N Y N III-3A

5/13

Jacobson et al 2004

N Y U N/A

N N Y Y N Y Y N Y Y Y III-3A

8/14

Holewijn & Lotens 1992

N Y U N/A

N N Y N N N Y N Y Y N III-3 5/14

Bauer & Freivalds 2008

Y Y U N/A

N N Y N Y N N N Y N N III-2A

5/14

Southward & Mirka 2006

N Y U N/A

N N Y Y N/A

N N N Y Y Y III-3 6/13

Knapik et al 1997

N N U Y N N N N N N Y N Y N Y III-3 4/15

Mackie et al N Y U N/ N N N N N Y Y N Y Y Y III-3 6/14

Page 70: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

56

2003 A Legg et al 1997

N Y U N/A

N N Y N Y N/A

Y N N Y Y III-3 6/13

Legg et al 2003

N Y U N/A

N N Y N Y Y Y N Y Y Y III-3A

8/14

1-16, Refer to the legend of table 5

Jacobson and Jones 2000 reported that there was no significant difference in

level of comfort between internal frame and external frame backpacks [20].

Jacobson et al 2003 compared the comfort level of an ordinary backpack with

an experimental backpack which had a slanting shelving system and

distributed the weight vertically in adults; more local and overall comfort was

reported by using this system [19]. Moreover, Jacobson et al 2004 compared

the regional and overall comfort of subjects’ personal backpacks and an

experimental backpack. No significant differences in the comfort of

backpacks was seen on a Visual Analogue Scale; however, the experimental

backpack was more comfortable for the back on an Anatomical Illustration

Rating Scale [21]. Southward and Mirka 2007 compared the effect of a basic

and an advanced backpack harness system (a backpack which had lateral

stiffness rods) on comfort in adults. It was shown that the advanced design

which could distribute the weight between shoulders and hips can provide

more local and overall comfort [50]. Knapik et al 1997 assessed the effect of

backpack and double pack. They reported that double pack caused less

discomfort in low back, lower incidence of blisters, but it resulted in pain in

neck & hips and it took longer to complete the march with wearing the double

pack [27]. Also, Mackie et al 2003 evaluated the influence of four backpacks

on perceived exertion and discomfort. In this study a backpack which had two

major compartments, back padding and side compression straps became the

students’ most favoured one [35]. Bauer and Freivalds 2008 evaluated the

impact of two backpacks with different comfort features on perceived exertion

and it was shown that additional comfort features could not provide less

perceived pain [3]. Holewijn and Lotens 1992 compared the effect of different

carrying modes on perceived exertion; they concluded that carrying the same

amount of load in a backpack can cause more perceived exertion than waist

carrying mode [17].

Page 71: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

57

The evidence is conflicting but on balance we can conclude that backpack

designs that distribute load between the shoulders and hips or between the

front and back of the body provides more local and overall comfort.

Discussion

This study is the first comprehensive systematic review looking at load

carriage systems and pain, discomfort and perceived exertion. The results of

this systematic review show significant variability in the design and study

populations of studies. This variability prevented any meaningful statistical

pooling of data. However a qualitative synthesis was feasible.

While studies were of various designs, none were randomised controlled

trials and there were other widespread deficiencies in the validity, reliability

and calibration of equipment and instruments of measurement. These

instruments of measurement factors are fundamental to producing

meaningful scientific evidence; therefore, we recommend more rigour and

explanation in trial design and selection and in the use of reliable and valid

instruments for measuring the influence of backpack design on the body.

Moreover, providing training sessions for subjects and examiners may have

also influence the validity and reliability of the study.

Sample size was just justified in only two papers. A study with a small sample

size may not detect significant results. Also there is a chance of random error

and publication bias in small studies, because interesting and favourable

results from small studies might be reported whereas less interesting findings

from small studies remain unreported [11]. If the sample size is too large

there are ethical implications in wasting participant’s time and in some cases

putting them at risk.

In this review, a scoring system was not used and studies were not labelled

by low, moderate or high quality; instead, trials were classified with the

notation of how many appraisal criteria they satisfied and were assessed for

every single item separately. It is worth noting that some studies might be

strong in some parts but poor in other aspects. The number of criteria

Page 72: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

58

satisfied clearly reflects whether the study should be regarded as having a

high risk of bias.

Of the 26 studies that examined the correlation between backpack carrying

or backpack weight and pain, discomfort or perceived exertion, 13 trials

declared that there is a significant positive correlation between these two

factors while 10 studies were of the opinion that there is no association

between these two variables. Of particular note was the heterogeneity among

studies with respect to study populations, participants’ age range and gender,

type of the study design, task of the participants during the experiment,

habitual differences and outcome measurements. Due to this diversity it was

not possible to perform statistical pooling of the data. The strength of

evidence of each paper was assessed by the quality appraisal tool by

Crombie. Most of the papers that were in favour of the correlation between

backpack use and pain, perceived exertion and discomfort had qualities in

the range of 6/14 to 11/15 (see table 5) and the trials that didn’t support this

correlation showed qualities in the range of 4/14 to 10/14.

From this review it became apparent that factors other than backpack weight

can generate pain, perceived exertion or discomfort; the reported factors

were gender [15,16,39,40,43,54], age and grade in school [2,15,39,48,54],

subject’s body mass index [5,47], the amount of time using the backpack and

walking to and from school [10,41,47,48,53]. Girls experience more pain that

boys, this could be because, boys have a stronger musculoskeletal system,

also they might have higher threshold of pain based on differences between

physiological and psychological factors between genders [46].

Mostly it was thought that load carrying provokes low back pain but this

review reveals that just less than half of the studies in this review reported

feeling low back pain. It should be noted that other complications such as

neck pain, thoracic pain, shoulder pain, upper limb discomfort, overall

discomfort and perceived exertion are also frequent.

Of the seven studies that examined the effect of increasing load on perceived

exertion, it was shown that increasing weight provokes higher intensity of

pain and exertion; however, different load thresholds as the start point of

Page 73: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

59

feeling discomfort and fatigue were reported in these studies. Subjects start

to notice differences in sensation of effort at different load thresholds and

also the level of pain and discomfort threshold varies among individuals. It

seems that age, gender, the circumstances of the load carrying experience

and profession are factors that have an effect on the load threshold [5].

Three studies assessed the effect of load placement on pain, perceived

exertion and discomfort but it is not possible to find out where the load should

be placed in order to reduce the pain. It is hard to draw a conclusion as these

three trials examined different age groups. These studies scored 6/15, 5/14

and 7/14.

Conclusion

The results of this review show that there is conflicting evidence on the

correlation between load carrying and experiencing pain, exertion and

discomfort during different stages of life. However, based on this conflicting

evidence we can say that carrying loads does not always provoke low back

pain; and that it may trigger neck, thoracic or shoulder pain. In addition the

physiological and psychological status of individuals can intensify or reduce

the level and threshold of perceived pain.

Also, there is limited evidence on the effect of load positioning and various

designs on level of perceived pain and exertion. It seems that so far none of

these changes could be helpful in reducing the complications of wearing

backpacks. Moreover, the methodological and quality assessments showed

that most of the included studies in this review were not strong enough and

could not be relied upon. The most commonly identified methodological

deficiencies were the lack of justification of sample size, providing training

sessions for examiners, utilising calibrated, valid and reliable instruments for

measurement.

There are a number of limitations to the current study. This review was not a

totally blind review; authors and publication details were disclosed to the

reviewers and this can potentially lead to reviewer bias. However, reviewers

were not aware of the background and previous works of the authors. A

Page 74: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

60

further limitation is that although the search strategy was comprehensive it is

possible that some studies were not found. Indeed two studies that were

identified could not be located and one study was not obtainable in readable

form. Also, the validity and reliability of the critical appraisal tool used in this

study has not been established but was developed from first principles using

previously developed tools from related areas. Although the modified

Crombie instrument has face validity, further research is needed to assess its

validity and reliability. The suggestion of potential bias in studies using the

number of quality appraisal variables achieved is controversial and readers

are invited to use this as a guide only.

Acknowledgment

The authors thank Dr Navid Moheimani, Marly Walker and Wen Qi Ng for

their independent review of the studies.

References

[1] T.N.H.a.M.R.C. (NHMRC), NHMRC additional levels of evidence and

grades for recommendations for developers of guidelines, in, 2008, p. Stage

2 consultation.

[2] H.M. Al-Hazzaa, School backpack: How much load do Saudi schools

boys carry on their shoulders?, Saudi Medical Journal 27 (2006), 1567-1571.

[3] D.H. Bauer and A. Freivalds, A comparison of two middle school

backpacks with varying comfort features under an increasing load, in: Human

factors and ergonomics society annual meeting proceedings, Human factors

and ergonomics society, 2008, pp. 1775-1779.

[4] D.H. Bauer and A. Freivalds, Backpack load limit recommendation for

middle school students based on physiological and psychophysical

measurements, Work 32 (2009), 339-350.

[5] M.D. Beekley, J. Alt, C.M. Buckley, M. Duffey, and T.A. Crowder,

Effects of heavy load carriage during constant-speed, simulated, road

marching, Military Medicine 172 (2007), 592-595.

[6] S.A. Birrell and R.A. Haslam, Subjective skeletal discomfort measured

using a comfort questionnaire following a load carriage exercise, Military

Medicine 174 (2009), 177-182.

[7] S.A. Birrell, R.H. Hooper, and R.A. Haslam, The effect of military load

carriage on ground reaction forces, Gait and Posture 26 (2007), 611-614.

Page 75: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

61

[8] H.M. Brackley, J.M. Stevenson, and J.C. Selinger, Effect of backpack

load placement on posture and spinal curvature in prepubescent children,

Work 32 (2009), 351-360.

[9] A.M. Briggs, A.J. Smith, L.M. Straker, and P. Bragge, Thoracic spine

pain in the general population: prevalence, incidence and associated factors

in children, adolescents and adults. A systematic review, BMC

Musculoskeletal disorders 10 (2009), 77.

[10] H.Y. Chiang, K. Jacobs, and G. Orsmond, Gender-age environmental

associates of middle school students' low back pain, Work 26 (2006), 19-28.

[11] I.K. Crombie, The pocket guide to critical appraisal BMJ publishing

group, London, 1996.

[12] C. Devroey, I. Jonkers, A. de Becker, G. Lenaerts, and A. Spaepen,

Evaluation of the effect of backpack load and position during standing and

walking using biomechanical, physiological and subjective measures,

Ergonomics 50 (2007), 728-742.

[13] S. Goodgold, M. Corcoran, D. Gamache, J. Gillis, J. Guerin, and J.Q.

Coyle, Backpack use in children, Pediatric Physical Therapy 14 (2002), 122-

131.

[14] B.R. Goslin and S.C. Rorke, The perception of exertion during load

carriage, Ergonomics 29 (1986), 677-686.

[15] K. Grimmer and M. Williams, Gender-age environmental associates of

adolescent low back pain, Applied Ergonomics 31 (2000), 343-360.

[16] C. Haselgrove, L. Straker, A. Smith, P. O'Sullivan, M. Perry, and N.

Sloan, Perceived school bag load, duration of carriage, and method of

transport to school are associated with spinal pain in adolescents: An

observational study, Australian Journal of Physiotherapy 54 (2008), 193-200.

[17] M. Holewijn and W.A. Lotens, The influence of backpack design on

physical performance, Ergonomics 35 (1992), 149-157.

[18] S.R. Iyer, An Ergonomic Study of Chronic Musculoskeletal Pain in

Schoolchildren, Indian Journal of Pediatrics 68 (2001), 937-941.

[19] B.H. Jacobson, D.A. Cook, T.S. Altena, H.A. Gemmell, and B.M.

Hayes, Comparison of perceived comfort differences between standard and

experimental load carriage systems, Ergonomics 46 (2003), 1035-1041.

[20] B.H. Jacobson and K. Jones, Comparison of selected perceptual

variables for backpacks with internal and external frames, Perceptual and

Motor Skills 90 (2000), 605-608.

Page 76: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

62

[21] B.H. Jacobson, B. Oney, B. Redus, B. Edgley, F. Kulling, and H.A.

Gemmell, Comparison of perceived backpack comfort using two rating

scales, Perceptual and Motor Skills 99 (2004), 171-178.

[22] R.F. Johnson, J.J. Knapik, and D.J. Merullo, Symptoms during load

carrying: effects of mass and load distribution during a 20-km road march,

Perceptual and Motor Skills 81 (1995), 331-338.

[23] P. Juni, A. Witschi, R. Bloch, and M. Egger, The hazard of scoring the

quality of clinical trials for meta-analysis, JAMA 282 (1999), 1054-1060.

[24] L. Kennedy, F. Lawlor, A. O'Connor, S. Dockrell, and J. Gormley, An

investigation of the effects of schoolbag carriage on trunk angle,

physiotherapy Ireland 20 (1999), 2-8.

[25] A.Q. Khan, M.S. Nazir, M.Z. Iqbal, and M.M. Khan, Body ache and

pain in school children associated with school bag carriage in Multan -

Pakistan, Medical Forum Monthly 18 (2007), 4-9.

[26] J. Kirk and D.A. Schneider, Physiological and perceptual responses to

load-carrying in female subjects using internal and external frame backpacks,

Ergonomics 35 (1992), 445-455.

[27] J.J. Knapik, P. Ang, H. Meiselman, W. Johnson, J. Kirk, C. Bensel,

and W. Hanlon, Soldier performance and strenuous road marching: Influence

of load mass and load distribution, Military Medicine 162 (1997), 62-67.

[28] P. Korovessis, G. Koureas, and Z. Papazisis, Correlation between

Backpack Weight and Way of Carrying, Sagittal and Frontal Spinal

Curvatures, Athletic Activity, and Dorsal and Low Back Pain in

Schoolchildren and Adolescents, Journal of Spinal Disorders and Techniques

17 (2004), 33-40.

[29] P. Korovessis, G. Koureas, S. Zacharatos, and Z. Papazisis,

Backpacks, back pain, sagittal spinal curves and trunk alignment in

adolescents: A logistic and multinomial logistic analysis, Spine 30 (2005),

247-255.

[30] S.J. Legg, A. Barr, and D.I. Hedderley, Subjective perceptual methods

for comparing backpacks in the field, Ergonomics 46 (2003), 935-955.

[31] S.J. Legg, L. Perko, and P. Campbell, Subjective perceptual methods

for comparing backpacks, Ergonomics 40 (1997), 809-817.

[32] W. Ling, V. Houston, Y.S. Tsai, K. Chui, and J. Kirk, Women's load

carriage performance using modular lightweight load-carrying equipment,

Military Medicine 169 (2004), 914-919.

Page 77: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

63

[33] R. Lloyd, B. Parr, S. Davies, and C. Cooke, Subjective perceptions of

load carriage on the head and back in Xhosa women, Applied Ergonomics 41

(2009), 522-529.

[34] R.A. Lockhart, K. Jacobs, and G. Orsmond, Middle school children's

participation in activities and the effects of pain from backpack use on

participation, Work 22 (2004), 155-168.

[35] H.W. Mackie, S.J. Legg, J. Beadle, and D. Hedderley, Comparison of

four different backpacks intended for school use, Applied Ergonomics 34

(2003), 257-264.

[36] D.E. Madras, M.W. Cornwall, and J.R. Coast, Energy cost, perceived

exertion and postural adjustments when treadmill walking with two types of

backpack, Journal of Human Movement Studies 35 (1998), 233-249.

[37] A.B. Marsh, L. DiPonio, K. Yamakawa, S. Khurana, and A.J. Haig,

Changes in posture and perceived exertion in adolescents wearing

backpacks with and without abdominal supports, American Journal of

Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation 85 (2006), 509-515.

[38] S. Masiero, E. Carraro, A. Celia, D. Sarto, and M. Ermani, Prevalence

of nonspecific low back pain in schoolchildren aged between 13 and 15

years, Acta Paediatrica, International Journal of Paediatrics 97 (2008), 212-

216.

[39] M.J. Moore, G.L. White, and D.L. Moore, Association of relative

backpack weight with reported pain, pain sites, medical utilization, and lost

school time in children and adolescents, Journal of School Health 77 (2007),

232-239.

[40] N. Navuluri and R.B. Navuluri, Study on the relationship between

backpack use and back and neck pain among adolescents, Nursing and

Health Sciences 8 (2006), 208-215.

[41] S. Negrini and R. Carabalona, Backpacks on! Schoolchildren's

perceptions of load, associations with back pain and factors determining the

load, Spine 27 (2002), 187-195.

[42] S. Negrini, E. Politano, R. Carabalona, I. Tartarotti, and M.L.

Marchetti, The backpack load in schoolchildren: Clinical and social

importance, and efficacy of a community-based educational intervention: A

prospective controlled cohort study, Europa Medicophysica 40 (2004), 185-

190.

[43] T. Puckree, S.P. Silal, and J. Lin, School bag carriage and pain in

school children, Disability and Rehabilitation 26 (2004), 54-59.

Page 78: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

64

[44] P.M. Quesada, L.J. Mengelkoch, R.C. Hale, and S.R. Simon,

Biomechanical and metabolic effects of varying backpack loading on

simulated marching, Ergonomics 43 (2000), 293-309.

[45] M.F. Reneman, B.J.J. Poels, J.H.B. Geertzen, and P.U. Dijkstra, Back

pain and backpacks in children: Biomedical or biopsychosocial model?,

Disability and Rehabilitation 28 (2006), 1293-1297.

[46] J.J. Salminen, J. Pentti, and P. Terho, Low back pain and disability in

14-year-old schoolchildren, Acta Paediatrica, International Journal of

Paediatrics 81 (1992), 1035-1039.

[47] G.I. Sheir-Neiss, R.W. Kruse, T. Rahman, L.P. Jacobson, and J.A.

Pelli, The association of backpack use and back pain in adolescents, Spine

28 (2003), 922-930.

[48] D. Siambanes, J.W. Martinez, E.W. Butler, and T. Haider, Influence of

School Backpacks on Adolescent Back Pain, Journal of Pediatric

Orthopaedics 24 (2004), 211-217.

[49] D.L. Skaggs, S.D. Early, P. D'Ambra, V.T. Tolo, and R.M. Kay, Back

pain and backpacks in school children, Journal of Pediatric Orthopaedics 26

(2006), 358-363.

[50] S.A. Southard and G.A. Mirka, An evaluation of backpack harness

systems in non-neutral torso postures, Applied Ergonomics 38 (2007), 541-

547.

[51] E. Steele, A. Bialocerkowski, and K. Grimmer, The postural effects of

load carriage on young people - a systematic review, BMC Musculoskeletal

disorders 4 (2003), 12.

[52] K.J. Stuempfle, D.G. Drury, and A.L. Wilson, Effect of load position on

physiological and perceptual responses during load carriage with an internal

frame backpack, Ergonomics 47 (2004), 784-789.

[53] N.R. Talbott, A. Bhattacharya, K.G. Davis, R. Shukla, and L. Levin,

School backpacks: It's more than just a weight problem, Work 34 (2009),

481-494.

[54] C. Van Gent, J.J.C.M. Dols, C.M. De Rover, R.A. Hira Sing, and

H.C.W. De Vet, The weight of schoolbags and the occurrence of neck,

shoulder, and back pain in young adolescents, Spine 28 (2003), 916-921.

[55] P. Viry, C. Creveuil, and C. Marcelli, Nonspecific back pain in children:

A search for associated factors in 14-year-old schoolchildren, Revue du

Rhumatisme (English Edition) 66 (1999), 381-388.

Page 79: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

65

[56] B.F. Walker, The prevalence of low back pain: A systematic review of

the literature from 1966 to 1998, Journal of Spinal Disorders 13 (2000), 205-

217.

[57] E.J. Wall, S.L. Foad, and J. Spears, Backpacks and back pain:

Where's the epidemic?, Journal of Pediatric Orthopaedics 23 (2003), 437-

439.

[58] P. Whiting, R. Harbord, and J. Kleijnen, No role for quality scores in

systematic reviews of diagnostic accuracy studies, BMC Medical Research

Methodology 5 (2005), 19.

[59] J. Whittfield, S.J. Legg, and D.I. Hedderley, Schoolbag weight and

musculoskeletal symptoms in New Zealand secondary schools, Applied

Ergonomics 36 (2005), 193-198.

[60] I.A. Young, A.J. Haig, and K.S. Yamakawa, The association between

backpack weight and low back pain in children, Journal of Back and

Musculoskeletal Rehabilitation 19 (2006), 25-33.

Page 80: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

66

CHAPTER FOUR

THE RELIABILITY OF A PORTABLE CLINICAL FORCE PLATE

USED FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF STATIC POSTURAL

CONTROL: REPEATED MEASURES RELIABILITY STUDY

Published as

Golriz S, Hebert JJ, Foreman KB, Walker BF. (2012)

Chiropractic and Manual Therapies, May 23;20(1):14.

Page 81: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

67

To assess the effect of fastening a hip belt of a backpack and to study load

placement within a backpack on postural stability we needed to use a reliable

and valid instrument of measurement. Measurement of postural stability is

usually obtained by assessment of centre of pressure using a force plate. We

chose to use a Midot posture scale analyser (MPSA) which was the only

available force plate to us in our research laboratory at the School of

Chiropractic and Sports Sciences. However, the reliability and validity of this

instrument had not been studied. Therefore, we decided to assess its test-

retest reliability in this chapter and concurrent validity in the next chapter.

The work resulted in the following publication:

Golriz S, Hebert JJ, Foreman KB, Walker BF. The reliability of a portable

clinical force plate used for the assessment of static postural control:

repeated measures reliability study. Chiropractic and Manual Therapies.

2012. May 23;20(1):14.

Page 82: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

68

The reliability of a portable clinical force plate used for the assessment

of static postural control: repeated measures reliability study

Samira Golriz1* * Corresponding author

Email: [email protected]

Jeffrey J Hebert2

Email: [email protected]

K Bo Foreman3

Email: [email protected]

Bruce F Walker2

Email: [email protected]

1 School of Chiropractic and Sports Science, Murdoch University, 90 South

Street, Murdoch, WA 6150, Australia

2 School of Chiropractic and Sports Science, Murdoch University, Perth, WA,

Australia

3 Department of Physical Therapy, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT,

USA

Human research ethics committee of Murdoch University approved the

research protocol of this study.

Page 83: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

69

Abstract

Background: Force plates are frequently used for postural control

assessments but they are expensive and not widely available in most clinical

settings. Increasingly, clinicians are using this technology to assess patients,

however, the psychometric properties of these less sophisticated force plates

is frequently unknown. The purposes of the study were to examine the test-

retest reliability of a force plate commonly used by clinicians and to explore

the effect of using the mean value from multiple repetitions on reliability.

Methods: Thirty healthy volunteer adults were recruited. Postural control

measures were obtained using the Midot Posture Scale Analyzer (MPSA).

Data were collected in 2 sessions. Five successive repetitions each of 60

seconds duration were obtained from each participant in each session.

Results: The reliability coefficients obtained using single measures were low

(ICC3,1 = 0.06 to 0.53). The average of two measures allowed for reliable

measurements of COP mean velocity and average location of COP. The

average of three and five measures was required to obtain acceptable

reliability (ICC ≥ 0.70) of relative weight bearing on legs and sway area,

respectively. Higher measurement precision values were seen by averaging

four or five repetitions for all variables.

Conclusion: Single measures did not provide reliable estimates of postural

sway, and the averaging of multiple repetitions was necessary to achieve

acceptable levels of measurement error. The number of repetitions required

to achieve reliable data ranged from 2 to 5. Clinicians should be wary of

using single measures derived from similar equipment when making

decisions about patients.

Keywords: Reproducibility, Posture, Stability, Balance, Force plate

Page 84: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

70

Introduction

Postural control organises the orientation and equilibrium of the body during

upright stance and is essential to the successful performance of daily

movements and activities as well as fall prevention [1]. Postural control

depends on visual, vestibular and proprioceptive input and can be disrupted

by various perturbations experienced in everyday life [2,3]. Moreover,

pathology, medications, alcohol consumption, and the aging process can

adversely affect postural control [4,5] .

Postural control can be measured subjectively or objectively. Subjective

measures of postural control are obtained through the use of questionnaires.

Such questionnaires provide valuable information, however they often have

limitations with some special populations such as the elderly or individuals

with specific physical or cognitive impairment [6,7]. In addition, subjective

methods of measurement may suffer from floor or ceiling effects or lack

optimal reliability, validity and the precision to detect small differences [8,9]. It

has been suggested that these questionnaires be used in combination with

other measures [9].

Objective assessments are the most common method of measuring postural

control. Postural control is usually evaluated by interpretation of centre of

pressure (COP), postural sway and weight bearing distribution

measurements [10,11]. COP estimates the position of the ground reaction

force vector on the base of support of the body and calculation of the total

COP kinematics is frequently used to assess postural sway [12]. Postural

sway is an indicator of the displacement and correction of the centre of

gravity in relation to the base of support [11]. Relative weight bearing is a

gross estimate of postural control. Postural control is influenced by weight

bearing distribution and weight bearing distribution asymmetry results in less

postural stability [10].

Force plates are frequently used to measure COP and postural sway [11].

This approach requires the individual to stand or walk, while transducers

measure ground reaction forces generated by the body. As a clinical tool,

force plates are utilised therapeutically [13], and for longitudinal assessment

Page 85: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

71

[14]. Force plates can be used to enhance balance training by providing

visual feedback to the patient [13]. However, the types of force plates used

by clinicians typically lack the sophistication of force plates used in research

environments. Moreover, well known force plates used in research have

known psychometric properties such as reliability and validity, while the

psychometric properties of force plates used in the clinical setting are

frequently unknown or poorly defined.

The Midot posture scale analyser (MPSA) is an example of less sophisticated

force plate used by clinicians such as physical therapists, chiropractors, and

neurologists [15] (This issue has been addressed in the instrument section

where we outlined the specifications of the MPS). The MPSA is relatively

inexpensive and includes simple and easy to use software that allows

individuals with limited experience to obtain and interpret measures of

postural control and weight bearing distribution.

However, when making decisions about patients, it is logical to rely on

assessments obtained by instruments shown to be reliable and valid.

Reliability is a prerequisite of validity and reflects measurement consistency

and the degree to which an instrument is free from errors of measurement

[16]. When clinicians obtain measurements to inform clinical decision making,

it is necessary that the instruments demonstrate adequate reliability.

Therefore, the purpose of this study was to examine the test-retest reliability

of a force plate commonly used by clinicians. Additionally, we explored the

effect of using the mean value from multiple repetitions on reliability.

Methods

Participants

Participant recruitment was by way of posted advertisements on University

bulletin boards. Potential participants were adults between 18 to 60 years of

age. A lower age limit of 18 years was chosen to help ensure maturity of the

skeletal system [17]. Postural control decreases in the elderly [18], therefore

60 years was considered the upper age limit.

Page 86: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

72

Participants were excluded from the study if they had a history of

musculoskeletal injury in the previous three months, a balance deficit

stemming from a rheumatologic or neurologic disorder, pregnancy, an ear

infection or fever within 72 hours of testing or were currently taking

medications that could alter sensory perception (see appendices of chapter

4, page 163). The Human Research Ethics Committee of Murdoch University

approved the study protocol (2010/139), and all subjects gave written

consent before enrolling in the study. The rights of all subjects were

protected.

Instrument

The Midot posture scale analyser (MPSA)- (QPS-200, Midot Medical

Technology, Shekel Electronic Scale, Israel) is a portable force plate

consisting of 4 electronic weighing plates set in a rectangular position (Figure

1). Analogue signals were sampled and transferred to a laptop computer via

a USB-to-serial (RS-232) analogue to digital converter. The MPSA

specifications report an acquisition sampling frequency of 200 Hz and cut-off

frequency of 0.5 Hz [15].

The following specifications causes the MPSA to be less sophisticated: a) it

only measures two dimensional applied forces (Fx, Fy) and moments (Mx,

My) applied in balance; b) it can only be used for assessment of balance and

not gait; c) it uses weighing plates to measures balance instead of sensors

which are used in other force plates.

Figure 1 The Midot Posture Scale Analyser

The MPSA is designed to measure, during quiet standing: (1) the average

location of COP with reference to the cross point of the weighing platform

Page 87: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

73

(mm), (2) COP mean velocity, which is the average velocity of COP

movement (mm/sec), (3) sway area, which is the area of an ellipse enclosing

95% of COP movement (mm2) and was measured by calculation of the

ellipse area, and (4) the relative weight distribution between the subject’s

right and left sides (%). As the purpose of this study was to assess the test

retest reliability of the MPSA, all those variables were assessed.

Sway area was calculated using the formula: 𝐴𝑃 𝑆𝐷∗𝑀𝐿 𝑆𝐷∗𝜋

4; Where AP SD

was the long axis of the ellipse and ML SD was the short axis of the ellipse.

Procedure

Calibration of the force plate was conducted each day prior to data collection

based on the manufacturer’s instructions. We tested all subjects under the

same conditions. Participants were asked to wear loose fit comfortable

clothing. Participants stood with their feet shoulder width apart on a sheet of

paper placed on the top of the platform. The paper remained in place during

testing. Both feet were outlined to ensure consistent placement across trials.

Participants were asked to remove their shoes, stand upright on the force

plate and remain as still as possible in a relaxed posture. We asked

participants to put their arms to their sides in a comfortable position and to

distribute their body weight evenly on both feet while breathing normally.

Finally, the participants were instructed to look straight ahead at an “X” on

the opposite wall located 2 meters away at eye level. If the patient usually

wore glasses, they continued to do so during this procedure.

Subjects were scheduled for 2 sessions of 5 trials, 5 minutes apart. The

second session replicated the first. The duration of each trial was 60

seconds. A 60-second assessment was chosen to mimic constituent periods

of standing during typical activities of daily living (e.g., waiting for a bus or

elevator). To avoid inconsistencies in the data at transitions, we informed the

participants of the data collection start time 5 seconds before the actual start

time. Mandatory breaks of 1 minute were allocated between each individual

trial during which subjects were allowed to sit. Breaks assured that

participants were refreshed for each trial. Five successive trials were

Page 88: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

74

recorded during each session. On average, the overall duration of the

experiment was approximately 25 minutes.

Statistical analysis

Using the approach of Donner and Eliasziw (1987) [19], considering a

minimally acceptable intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC) value of 0.70 [20]

and 5 repetitions in each of two sessions, recruitment of 30 participants at an

alpha level of 0.05 was estimated to provide 80% power to detect a

relationship this strong or stronger.

Data management and statistical analyses were performed using SPSS

version 17. Data were entered and inspected to ensure that there were no

errors of entry. Descriptive statistics were calculated for all variables.

Values for a single repetition and averages of 2, 3, 4 and 5 repetitions were

calculated for all dependant variables. To visually examine for the presence

of systematic error (e. g., fatigue or learning effects) average values of COP

mean velocity and sway area were plotted against the number of repetitions.

Relative reliability of the measures was assessed using ICC3,k [21] and 95%

confidence intervals. The standard error of measurement was calculated to

assess measurement precision using the formula:

Standard error of measurement = pooled standard deviation × 1-ICC .

Additionally, we calculated the minimal detectable difference (MDD) with 95%

confidence intervals. The MDD was calculated using the formula:

MDD =1.96×standard error of measurement× 2 . and estimates the smallest

difference exceeding measurement error [16]. To explore for systematic

differences between the first and second sessions, bias statistics with 95%

confidence intervals were calculated by computing the mean difference of

measures obtained during the two sessions. Levels of agreement (LOA) were

calculated as:

LOA = bias ±1.96 standard deviation of differences between the 2 sessions . It is

expected that 95% of the difference between the first and second sessions

would be between these limits [22]. Finally, to compare the effect of the

number of repetitions on reliability, all of the above calculations were

Page 89: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

75

generated using values from a single repetition as well as the mean of the

first 2, 3, 4 and 5 repetitions.

Results

Thirty volunteers aged 20 to 57 years participated in the study. All subjects

were able to complete the protocol and all data were included for statistical

analysis. The final sample was composed of 16 men and 14 women, with a

mean ± SD age of 30.5 ± 7.2 years and BMI of 25.6 ± 5.5.

The profile plots displaying the averages of COP mean velocity and sway

area across repetitions were visually inspected and no learning or fatigue

effects were identified. Means, standard deviations, reliability coefficients,

standard error of measurement, MDD, bias and LOA statistics are presented

in table 1 for each dependant variable.

Table 1 Reliability results of single measures and means of 2, 3, 4 and 5 measures for each variable

Variable Mean ± SD * ICC (95% CI) SEM MDD Bias (95% CI) ± 95% LOA

Relative weight bearing on right leg (%)

1 repetition 50.10 ± 2.7 0.44 (−0.18,0.74) 2.0 5.6 0.3(−0.3,0.9) ±6.5

2 repetitions 49.84 ± 2.4 0.65 (0.25,0.83) 1.4 3.9 0.3(−0.2,0.7) ±4.9

3 repetitions 49.69 ± 2.3 0.75 (0.47,0.88) 1.2 3.2 0.1(−0.3,0.5) ±4.1

4 repetitions 49.69 ± 2.3 0.82 (0.63,0.92) 1.0 2.7 0.2(−0.2,0.5) ±3.6

5 repetitions 49.64 ± 2.3 0.83 (0.64,0.92) 0.9 2.6 0.3(−0.1,0.6) ±3.5

Relative weight bearing on left leg (%)

1 repetition 49.90 ± 2.7 0.44(−0.18,0.75) 2.0 5.6 0.3(−0.3,0.9) ±6.5

2 repetitions 50.16 ± 2.4 0.65 (0.27,0.85) 1.4 3.9 0.3 (−0.2,0.7) ±4.9

3 repetitions 50.31 ± 2.3 0.75 (0.49,0.89) 1.2 3.2 0.1(−0.3,0.5) ±4.1

4 repetitions 50.31 ± 2.3 0.81 (0.59-0.91) 1.0 2.7 0.1(−0.2,0.5) ± 3.7

5 repetitions 50.36 ± 2.3 0.82 (0.63-0.92) 1.0 2.7 0.2(−0.1,0.5) ±3.5

COP mean velocity (mm/sec)

1 repetition 6.0 ± 4.8 0.19 (−0.75,0.62) 4.4 12.1 −0.6(−1.9,0.7) ±13.50

Page 90: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

76

2 repetitions 5.6 ± 3.4 0.83 (0.65,0.92) 1.3 3.5 0.2(0.1,0.4)† ±1.81

3 repetitions 5.5 ±3.3 0.95 (0.90,0.98) 0.7 2 0.2(0.0,0.5) ±2.68

4 repetitions 5.5 ± 3.3 0.97 (0.94,0.99) 0.6 1.6 0.09(−0.1,0.3) ±2.09

5 repetitions 5.4 ± 3.2 0.92 (0.84,0.96) 0.9 2.5 0.03(−0.3,0.3) ±3.43

Average location of COP (mm)

1 repetition 35.0 ± 21 0.53 (−0.01,0.78) 14.4 39.7 −1.8(−6.2,2.6) ±47.2

2 repetitions 38.4 ± 31.1 0.92 (0.84,0.96) 8.8 24.4 −1.6(−4.7,1.5) ±33.3

3 repetitions 37.3 ± 26.5 0.91 (0.81,0.96) 8 22.1 −0.4(−3.2,2.4) ±30.2

4 repetitions 38.8 ± 28.9 0.93 (0.85,0.97) 7.7 21.3 −0.7(−3.4,2.1) ±29.8

5 repetitions 39.0 ± 29.6 0.94 (0.88,0.97) 7.3 22 −0.6(−3.2,2.0) ±27.9

Sway area (mm2)

1 repetition 1549.6 ± 1605.5 0.06(−1.02,0.56) 1556.9 4302.7 −265.6(−686.4,155.1) ± 4517.0

2 repetitions 1442.6 ± 1055.5 0.47 (−0.13,0.75) 763.7 2116.8 −73.2 (−302.3,156.3) ±1399.0

3 repetitions 1456.6 ± 1001.9 0.63 (0.28,0.82) 612.7 1698.3 −159.2 (−350.4,32.1) ±2054.0

4 repetitions 1440.3 ± 889.8 0.68 (0.33,0.85) 504.8 1399.2 −159.2 (−278.9,43.8) ± 1732.7

5 repetitions 1466.9 ± 918.2 0.83 (0.64,0.92) 380.4 1054.3 −48.6 (−178.7,81.7) ± 1399.0

CI confidence interval, ICC intra class correlation coefficient, LOA limit of agreement, MDD minimal detectable difference, SD standard deviation, SEM standard error of the measurement; *Pooled from all repetitions;† Statistically significant bias (different from zero); Bold ICCs indicate acceptable reliability values

Each of the five variables measured exhibited unacceptable levels of

measurement error when calculated from single measures. For the relative

weight distribution on the legs, it was necessary to average 3 or more

repetitions to achieve a minimum acceptable reliability value. COP mean

velocity required at least 2 trials to obtain an acceptable ICC value. The ICC

values of the average COP location are acceptable with 2 measurements;

while measures of sway area required 5 repetitions to achieve acceptable

reliability.

Bias estimates were small and not significantly different from zero indicating

that there were no statistically significant differences between the two

sessions. The only exception was the COP mean velocity calculated of two

repetitions, which reached the threshold of statistical significance, however

the magnitude of this difference was small.

Page 91: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

77

Discussion

The objectives of this study were to examine the test-retest reliability of

postural control measurements of a portable force plate commonly used by

clinicians and to explore the effect of using the mean value from multiple

repetitions on reliability. Our results demonstrated that for measures obtained

by the MPSA, single trials do not provide reliable estimates of postural

control and that averaging multiple measures is necessary to achieve

acceptable levels of measurement error. The number of repetitions

necessary to achieve reliable results varied depending of the outcome

variable and ranged from two to five. Clinicians should take this into account

when measuring postural control on their patients.

ICC values for measures of relative weight bearing appeared lower than ICC

values of COP mean velocity and average location of COP. However,

inspection of the descriptive statistics (mean and SD) in table 1 for each of

these variables indicates less inter-subject variability in relative weight

bearing as compared to the other dependent variables. Low levels of inter-

subject variability are known to artificially lower ICC estimates, as this

increases the relative magnitude of the error term in the ICC equation [16].

Thus, it can be difficult to interpret ICC values derived from homogenous

measures such as relative weight distribution.

We also assessed COP mean velocity, average location of COP, and sway

area. Consistent with our results, COP mean velocity has been reported by

others to be the most reliable estimate of COP [23-25]. In contrast, others

have examined samples of healthy participants and reported low reliability for

measures of COP mean velocity [26]. However, it should be noted that in that

study, the ICC statistics were calculated by averaging data from 3 10-second

repetitions. The longer duration of recording used in our protocol may explain

our higher reliability estimates. While longer duration trials of up to 120

seconds are recommended to reduce measurement error [24], sampling

duration should be matched to the abilities of participants. For instance,

children with cerebral palsy or the elderly may not tolerate standing for an

ideal duration of time.

Page 92: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

78

For measures of sway area, it was necessary to average values from five

repetitions to achieve an acceptable level of measurement error. Two studies

reported similarly low ICC values for sway area [27,28]. Alternatively, others

have reported acceptable levels of ICC for this variable; however, these latter

studies were conducted under eyes closed.

A potential issue with relying on measures obtained from a suboptimal

number of repetitions can arise in clinical practice. For instance, when

examining for differences in postural stability over using single measures, a

practitioner needs to observe an improvement of at least 12.1 mm/sec in

COP mean velocity to be 95% confident that a true change has occurred.

However, when using a mean of 3 repetitions, a practitioner can be just as

confident that true change has occurred with a change of 2 mm/sec.

The results of this study are limited by several factors. This study was

conducted on healthy individuals and the results may or may not generalize

to clinical populations. Moreover, the MPSA as an instrument of

measurement has several limitations. The MPSA is limited to a fixed duration

of data acquisition of between 5 and 60 seconds. It is not possible to set up

the recording time to durations longer than 60 seconds, which may be

desirable is some circumstances. This technology also has a fixed sampling

rate and cut-off frequency and altering these frequencies is not possible.

Finally, the MPSA software does not report some variables such as sway

area, which we calculated from the raw data.

Future research should examine the validity of the force plates commonly

used by clinicians by comparing their measures to those obtained using force

plates with known validity. Additionally, it would be useful to assess the

reliability of similar force plates in a clinical population, such as those

individuals with neurological impairments. Future studies should also

examine the sensitivity of the MPSA to ensure that it can adequately

measure change over different time periods.

Page 93: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

79

Conclusion

For measures of postural sway obtained by the MPSA, single trials do not

provide reliable estimates, and the averaging of multiple repetitions was

necessary to achieve acceptable levels of measurement error. Depending on

the variable, the number of repetitions required to achieve reliable data

ranged from 2 to 5. Clinicians should be wary of using single measures

derived from similar equipment when making decisions about patients.

Abbreviations

COP, Centre of pressure; ICC, Intraclass correlation coefficient; LOA, Level

of agreement; MDD, Minimal detectable difference; MPSA, Midot posture

scale analyser

Competing interests

The authors declare that they have no competing interests.

Authors’ contributions

SG participated in the design of the study, collected data, performed the

statistical analysis and drafted the manuscript. JH participated in the design

of the study, helped to perform the statistical analysis and drafted the

manuscript. BF helped to draft the manuscript. BW participated in the design

of the study and helped to draft the manuscript. All authors read and

approved the final manuscript.

References

1. Lafond D, Corriveau H, Prince F: Postural Control Mechanisms during

Quiet Standing in Patients with Diabetic Sensory Neuropathy. Diabetes

Care 2004, 27:173–178.

2. Brocklehurst JC, Robertson D, James-Groom P: Clinical correlates of

sway in old age, Sensory modalities. Age Ageing 1982, 11:1–10.

3. Horak FB, Henry SM, Shumway-Cook A: Postural perturbations: New

insights for treatment of balance disorders. Phys Ther 1997, 77:517–533.

4. Haas BM, Burden AM: Validity of weight distribution and sway

measurements of the Balance Performance Monitor. Physiother res

international 2000, 5:19–32.

Page 94: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

80

5. Li X, Aruin AS: The effect of short-term changes in body mass

distribution on feed-forward postural control. J Electromyogr Kinesiol

2009, 19:931–941.

6. Berg K, Wood-Dauphinee S, Williams JI, Gayton D: Measuring balance

in the elderly: Preliminary development of an instrument. Physiother Can

1989, 41:304–311.

7. Kairy D, Paquet N, Fung J: A postural adaptation test for stroke

patients. Disabil Rehabil 2003, 25:127–135.

8. Mercer VS, Hankins CC, Spinks AJ, Tedder DD: Reliability and validity

of a clinical test of reaction time in older adults. J Geriatr Phys Ther

2009, 32:103–110.

9. Blum L, Korner-Bitensky N: Usefulness of the Berg Balance Scale in

stroke rehabilitation: A systematic review. Phys Ther 2008, 88:559–566.

10. Anker LC, Weerdesteyn V, van Nes IJW, Nienhuis B, Straatman H,

Geurts ACH: The relation between postural stability and weight

distribution in healthy subjects. Gait Posture 2008, 27:471–477.

11. Prieto TE, Myklebust JB, Myklebust B: Characterization and modeling

of postural steadiness in the elderly: a review. IEEE Trans Rehabil Eng

1993, 1:26–34.

12. Schiffman JM, Bensel CK, Hasselquist L, Gregorczyk KN, Piscitelle L:

Effects of carried weight on random motion and traditional measures of

postural sway. Appl Ergon 2006, 37:607–614.

13. Geiger RA, Allen JB, O’Keefe J, Hicks RR: Balance and mobility

following stroke: Effects of physical therapy interventions with and

without biofeedback/forceplate training. Phys Ther 2001, 81:995–1005.

14. Lajoie Y: Effect of computerized feedback postural training on

posture and attentional demands in older adults. Aging Clin Exp Res

2004, 16:363–368.

15. Clark RA, Bryant AL, Pua Y, McCrory P, Bennell K, Hunt M: Validity and

reliability of the Nintendo Wii Balance Board for assessment of

standing balance. Gait Posture 2010, 31:307–310.

16. Portney LG, Watkins MP: Foundations of clinical research: Application to

practice. 3 edition. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall Health; 2008.

17. Malina RM, Pena Reyes ME, Eisenmann JC, Horta L, Rodrigues J, Miller

R: Height, mass and skeletal maturity of elite Portuguese soccer

players aged 11–16 years. J Sports Sci 2000, 18:685–693.

Page 95: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

81

18. Era P, Sainio P, Koskinen S, Haavisto P, Vaara M, Aromaa A: Postural

balance in a random sample of 7,979 subjects aged 30 years and over.

Gerontology 2006, 52:204–213.

19. Donner A, Eliasziw M: Sample size requirements for reliability

studies. Stat Med 1987, 6:441–448.

20. Lohr KN, Aaronson NK, Alonso J, Burnam MA, Patrick DL, Perrin EB,

Roberts JS: Evaluating quality-of-life and health status instruments:

Development of scientific review criteria. Clin Ther 1996, 18:979–984.

21. Shrout PE, Fleiss JL: Intraclass correlations: Uses in assessing rater

reliability. Psychol Bull 1979, 86:420–428.

22. Bland JM, Altman DG: Statistical methods for assessing agreement

between two methods of clinical measurement. Lancet 1986, 1:307–310.

23. Lin D, Seol H, Nussbaum MA, Madigan ML: Reliability of COP-based

postural sway measures and age-related differences. Gait Posture 2008,

28:337–342.

24. Lafond D, Corriveau H, HeÌbert R, Prince F: Intrasession reliability of

center of pressure measures of postural steadiness in healthy elderly

people. Arch Phys Med Rehabil 2004, 85:896–901.

25. Hadian MR, Negahban H, Talebian S, Salavati M, Jafari AH, Sanjari MA,

Mazaheri M, Parnianpour M: Reliability of center of pressure measures of

postural stability in patients with unilateral anterior cruciate ligament

injury. J Appl Sci 2008, 8:3019–3025.

26. Doyle TL, Newton RU, Burnett AF: Reliability of traditional and fractal

dimension measures of quiet stance center of pressure in young,

healthy people. Arch Phys Med Rehabil 2005, 86:2034–2040.

27. Salavati M, Hadian MR, Mazaheri M, Negahban H, Ebrahimi I, Talebian

S, Jafari AH, Sanjari MA, Sohani SM, Parnianpour M: Test-retest reliabty of

center of pressure measures of postural stability during quiet standing

in a group with musculoskeletal disorders consisting of low back pain,

anterior cruciate ligament injury and functional ankle instability. Gait

Posture 2009, 29:460–464.

28. Takala EP, Korhonen I, Viikari-Juntura E: Postural sway and stepping

response among working population: Reproducibility, long-term

stability, and associations with symptoms of the low back. Clin Biomech

1997, 12:429–437.

Page 96: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

82

CHAPTER FIVE

THE VALIDITY OF A PORTABLE CLINICAL FORCE PLATE IN

ASSESSMENT OF STATIC POSTURAL CONTROL:

CONCURRENT VALIDITY STUDY

Published as

Golriz S, Hebert JJ, Foreman KB, Walker BF. (2012)

Chiropractic and Manual Therapies, May 23;20(1):15.

Page 97: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

83

In chapter 4, we realized that the MPSA had an acceptable level of test-retest

reliability for assessment of centre of pressure variables. However,

concurrent validity is another factor that needed to be tested before using the

MPSA in the main experiments. Fortunately, the School research laboratory

was enhanced with the purchase of an AMTI force plate which has been

widely used in research and could be used as a gold standard by which we

could compare the MPSA unit. Therefore, we investigated the concurrent

validity of the MPSA in this chapter.

The work resulted in the following publication:

Golriz S, Hebert JJ, Foreman KB, Walker BF. The validity of a portable

clinical force plate in assessment of static postural control: concurrent validity

study. Chiropractic and Manual Therapies. 2012 May 23;20(1):15

Page 98: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

84

The validity of a portable clinical force plate in assessment of static

postural control: concurrent validity study

Samira Golriz1* * Corresponding author

Email: [email protected]

Jeffrey J Hebert2

Email: [email protected]

K Bo Foreman3

Email: [email protected]

Bruce F Walker2

Email: [email protected]

1 School of Chiropractic and Sports Science, Murdoch University, 90 South

Street, Murdoch, WA 6150 Perth, Australia

2 School of Chiropractic and Sports Science, Murdoch University, Perth, WA,

Australia

3 Department of Physical Therapy, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT,

USA

Page 99: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

85

Abstract

Background: The broad use of force plates in clinical settings for postural

control assessment suggests the need for instruments that are easy to use,

affordable and readily available. In addition, these instruments of

measurement should be reliable and valid as adequate reliability and validity

are prerequisites to making correct inferences. The aim of this study was to

examine the concurrent validity of postural control measures obtained with a

clinical force plate.

Methods: Thirty-one healthy adults were recruited. Participants completed 1

set of 5 trials on each force plate. Postural control measures (centre of

pressure [COP] average velocity and sway area) were collected and

compared using the Midot Posture Scale Analyzer (clinical force plate) and

the Accugait force plate (criterion measure). Intra class correlation coefficient

(ICC), standard error of measurement, and paired t-tests were calculated and

Bland-Altman plots were constructed to compare the force plates and assess

consistency of measurement and agreement between them.

Results: The ICC values (ICC = 0.14-0.60) between the two force plates were

lower than the acceptable value for both COP average velocity and sway

area. There was significant difference (p > 0.05) in COP average velocity and

sway area between the force plates. Examination of the plots revealed that

there is less difference between the force plates in lower magnitudes of COP

for average velocity and sway area however, the greater the average velocity

and sway area, the greater the difference between the measures obtained

from the two force plates.

Conclusion: Findings of this study showed poor concurrent validity of the

clinical force plate. This clinical force plate cannot be a replacement for

known reliable and valid force plates and consequently measures obtained

from this force plate should be treated with caution especially in a clinical

population.

Keywords: Concurrent validity, Force plate, Postural control

Page 100: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

86

Introduction

Postural control is a crucial factor in maintaining balance during standing,

walking, task performance and when responding to the unexpected

perturbations experienced in everyday life [1]. Postural control assessment

can provide useful information when identifying individuals who are

susceptible to postural control deficits [2,3]. Furthermore, postural control

assessment has been used in sports medicine for selection of talented

athletes, identification of athletes at high risk for injury, and for the prevention

of sports related injuries [4]. Postural control is usually assessed by

interpretation of parameters derived from the centre of pressure (COP) such

as velocity and area of COP displacement [5]. COP is defined as the point of

application of ground reaction forces under the feet.

In a clinical setting, force plates are regularly used to objectively assess

postural control [6]. However, the reliability and validity of these force plates

is often unknown. Reliability represents the consistency of measures or the

level to which an instrument is free from errors of measurement [7]. Validity

represents the extent to which an instrument measures what it is supposed to

measure [7]. Concurrent validity examines the validity of an instrument

against a criterion measure to test if the new instrument can be used instead

of the criterion [7]. Understanding the reliability and validity of a measurement

tool is crucial for making correct inferences from the data collected.

The Midot posture scale analyser (MPSA) is a lower cost portable force plate

commonly used in the clinical setting. The MPSA has previously

demonstrated acceptable reliability when averaging at least 5 values

(ICC > 0.70) [8]. However, the validity of the MPSA has not been previously

reported. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to examine the concurrent

validity of postural control measures obtained with a clinical force plate when

compared to a “gold standard” valid instrument. It is to be noted that the “gold

standard” was by decision by consensus among the research team rather

than a standard reported in previous research.

Page 101: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

87

Materials and methods

Participants

Participants were recruited through advertisements on University bulletin

boards. The inclusion criteria were 18 to 60 years of age. A lower age limit of

18 years was set because the development of the skeletal system reaches its

maturity at this age [9]. An upper age limit of 60 years was set because the

ability to maintain postural control decreases in the elderly [10]. Potential

participants were excluded from the study if they reported having balance

deficits stemming from rheumatological or neurological disorders, a recent

musculoskeletal injury (within three months), an ear infection or fever within

72 hours of the testing session, current pregnancy or the use of medications

that could alter sensory perception (see appendices of chapter 5, page 166).

The Human Research Ethics Committee of Murdoch University approved the

experimental protocol (2010/220), and all participants gave written consent

before enrolment in the study.

Instruments

The MPSA (QPS-200, Midot Medical Technology, Shekel Electronic Scale,

Israel) is a portable force plate consisting of four electronic weighing plates

set in a rectangular position (Figure 1). The MPSA records data using an

internal sampling frequency of 200 Hz and filter frequency of 0.5 Hz.

Calibration was conducted in accordance with the manufacturer’s

recommendations using a 20 kg certified weight.

The Accugait (Advanced Mechanical Technology Inc., Watertown, MA,USA)

was used as the criterion measure or reference standard. This force plate is

a portable square force plate. There are flat rubber pads in each corner of the

force plate to make the force plate less sensitive to vibration from most floor

surfaces (Figure 1). The Accugait measures the three dimensional applied

forces (Fx, Fy, Fz) and moments (Mx, My, Mz) involved in balance and uses

established algorithms to compute the location of the COP and its associated

variables from the forces and moments applied to the force plate. Data were

acquired, recorded and analyzed using Balance Clinic software (balance

Page 102: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

88

software for AMTI’s Accusway plus balance platform, version 2.02.01) loaded

on a Dell laptop.

Figure 1 The Midot Posture Scale Analyzer and The Accugait AMTI

The Accugait force plate was initially factory validated prior to its release

(personal communication with AMTI). However, to confirm the factory results

we validated the Accugait based on the validation manual and validation

report provided by AMTI [11]. The validation test represented an absolute

COP error (the cumulative effect of noise and drift) of 3.6 mm for the X

average, 3.4 mm for the Y average, 33.6 mm/s for average velocity and 2.9

mm2 for sway area over 40 seconds of data acquisition at a 50 Hz sampling

frequency. All of these values were sufficiently close to the values reported in

the AMTI validation report and as such the instrument was considered valid.

We used data filtration to remove noise [12] and chose a 5Hz cut off

frequency as the best level to filter data by performing a residual analysis.

Residual analysis computes the differences between filtered and unfiltered

signals over a wide range of cut off frequencies. To accomplish this we

calculated differences between filtered and unfiltered COP average velocity

signals over a wide range of cut off frequencies (1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20 Hz) and

plotted them (Figure 2). The plot was composed of linear and non linear

parts. The linear part mostly represented random noise and the non linear

part represented true signal. The cut off frequency where the plot turned from

linear to non linear was chosen as the best cut off frequency for this

experiment [12].

Page 103: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

89

Figure 2 Differences between filtered and unfiltered average velocity vs. cut off frequency to decide the best filter frequency

The acquisition sampling frequency of the Accugait was set at 100 Hz with

the cut-off frequency of 5 Hz. Data were filtered using a fourth order

Butterworth filter [13]. As we considered the Accugait as the criterion

measure, the acquisition sampling frequency and cut off frequency of the

Accugait was set at the optimal setting regarding the task and environment of

our study. The force plate was calibrated with a calibration CD provided by

the manufacturer and it was zeroed before each recording.

The COP average velocity (mm/sec) and the sway area, which is the area of

an ellipse enclosing 95% of COP movements (mm2), are the two variables

that were assessed and compared.

Procedure

The two force plates were placed on the laboratory floor next to each other.

The manufacturer recommends use of the force plate on any flat surface and

adds there is no need to install the force plate permanently in the ground

[13]. All participants were tested under the same conditions. Paper was

placed on top of force plates and the force plates were zeroed. Participants

Page 104: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

90

were asked to wear loose fit comfortable clothing, remove their shoes and

stand upright on the force plate and remain as still as possible with a relaxed

posture. The participants were asked to put their arms to their sides in a

comfortable position and distribute their body weight evenly on both feet.

Also, they were asked to breathe normally and look straight ahead at an “X”

on the opposite wall that was located two meters away at their eye level.

Before commencement of data acquisition and after inspection for position

symmetry, both feet were outlined on the piece of paper located on top of the

force plate to ensure consistent foot placement across trials and between the

two force plates. The same procedure was used for testing on the second

force plate using the outline of the feet to ensure consistent foot placement.

Participants completed 1 set of 5 trials on each force plate as outlined above.

To reduce the potential for bias due to ordering effects, we randomly

allocated and counterbalanced the order in which the measurements were

obtained on each force plate.

Five successive identical trials of 60 seconds were acquired on each force

plate. Mandatory breaks of one minute and 5 minutes were allocated

between trials and between force plates, respectively. Data were averaged

across five trials, this number of repetitions was informed by a study where

we assessed the reliability of the MPSA and found acceptable reliability when

averaging at least 5 values [8].

Statistical analysis

We conducted an a priori sample size estimation. Using the approach of

Donner and Eliasziw (1987), assuming an alpha level of 0.05 and a minimally

acceptable ICC value of 0.70 [7], recruitment of 30 participants provided 80%

power [14].

Data management and statistical analyses were conducted using SPSS

(version 17, Chicago, IL, USA). Data from 31 participants across 2 sets, 5

minutes apart were included for statistical analysis. Averages of 5 trials of

COP average velocity and sway area were used for the analyses.

Page 105: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

91

We calculated intraclass correlation coefficients (ICC3,5) for comparison

between the two force plates. Paired t-tests were also performed to examine

for differences in average velocity and sway area between the force plates.

We examined the consistency of measurements between the 2 force plates

by calculating the standard error of measurement using the formula:

Standard error of measurement = pooled standard deviation × √1 − ICC.

Additionally, bias statistics with 95% confidence intervals and limits of

agreement (LOA) were calculated and Bland-Altman plots [15] were

constructed for COP average velocity and sway area. Plots were constructed

by plotting the mean difference between the two force plates against the

mean of the two force plates. Plots were examined for the magnitude of the

difference between the force plates and the distribution around the mean line

(bias). Bias represents the mean difference between the two force plates,

while the LOA examines agreement between the two force plates. LOAs are

defined as bias ± 1.96 SD, where SD is the standard deviation of the

difference between measures of the two force plates.

Results

Thirty-one healthy participants consisting of 18 males and 13 females, aged

23 to 58 were recruited from the staff and students of Murdoch University. All

participants were able to complete all test repetitions and all data were

included for statistical analysis. The mean (SD) age of the participants was

32.7 (8.5) years and BMI was 24.7 (5.4). Descriptive statistics, ICC, standard

error of measurement, bias and limits of agreement are presented in table 1

for average velocity and sway area. The ICC values between the two force

plates are lower than the acceptable value with wide confidence intervals for

both average velocity and sway area. Paired t-tests showed significant

differences in average velocity and sway area between the 2 force plates

(p < 0.05).

Page 106: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

92

Table 1 Criterion validity analysis

Mean (SD) t-test (p value)

SEM ICC (3,5)(CI’s) Bias (95% CI) ± 95% LOA

COP average velocity (mm/s)

Accugait 8.3 (2.3)

0.004* 2 0.60(0.16-0.80) 1.7† (1.1,2.2) ± 5.9

MPSA 6.6 (3.5)

Sway area (mm2)

Accugait 274 (155)

0.000* 870 0.14 (−0.24-0.48)

-1660† (-1370,-1950)  ± 3134

MPSA 1936 (1720)

CI, confidence Interval; *p < 0.05 indicates a significant difference in values between the 2 force plates; †statistically significant bias (different from zero)

The Bland–Altman plots for the average velocity and sway area are provided

in figures 3 and 4 and demonstrate more variation between the measures

obtained from the two force plates when the amount of COP average velocity

and sway area were higher.

Page 107: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

93

Figure 3 Bland-Altman plot representing comparison of average velocity between the MPSA and the Accugait

Figure 4 Bland-Altman plot representing comparison of sway area

between the MPSA and the Accugait

Mean

Mean + 1.96SD

Mean – 1.96SD

Mean

Mean + 1.96SD

Mean – 1.96SD

Page 108: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

94

Discussion

The purpose of this study was to investigate the concurrent validity of the

MPSA by measuring COP variables and comparing these with a validated

reference standard. The ICCs of the postural control measures were equal to

0.60 for the average velocity and 0.14 for the sway area between the force

plates. Results of the reliability study of the MPSA also reported higher

agreement for the average velocity and a lower agreement for sway area [8].

The ICC is a ratio estimate and there is no widely agreed upon thresholds for

identifying an acceptable level of agreement with ICC reporting. As a result,

there are various interpretations of ICC values available in the literature.

Landis and Koch [16] suggested the following qualitative approach to ICC

interpretation: 0.00-0.20 slight, 0.21-0.40 fair, 0.41-0.60 moderate, 0.61-0.80

substantial and 0.81-1.00 almost perfect. Alternatively, Portney and Watkins

[7] suggest that values over 0.75 indicate good agreement, and values below

0.75 are indicative of poor to moderate agreement. The highest level of

agreement identified in the current study was ICC = 0.60. Therefore, these

results represent evidence that the MPSA does not possess sufficient

concurrent validity.

The high standard error of measurement values of both variables especially

the sway area, when compared to the mean values obtained by the two force

plates, indicates a lack of consistency of measurement between the force

plates. Furthermore, our results demonstrated significant differences

between the COP measurements obtained from the force plates for the COP

average velocity and sway area.

Comparison of standard deviations to means of sway area captured by the

two force plates shows that the large standard deviation of MPSA sway area

indicates a high degree of random error in the MPSA data. Additionally, the

large mean difference between MPSA and Accugait sway area might be a

sign of a systematic error in the MPSA when assessing postural control.

Visual inspection of the Bland-Altman plot (Figure 3) of average velocity

shows a funnel effect, meaning there is more variability when the magnitude

of the average velocity is greater. Our results represent excessive variation

Page 109: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

95

between the force plates in higher magnitudes of average velocity and less

variation in lower magnitudes of average velocity. Differences between the

measures of COP velocity between the force plates depend on the

magnitude of the measurement. The excessive variations in higher

magnitudes of average velocity indicate that data captured by the MPSA

contain errors for measuring higher COP velocities.

The bias estimates for COP velocity were small but statistically different from

zero. Statistically significant bias was found for the average velocity variable

where the MPSA values underestimate the criterion in most of the cases with

an estimate of 1.7 and a 95% confidence interval of 1.1 - 2.2. One possible

explanation for this is that data captured by the Accugait was filtered with a 5

Hz cut off frequency whereas data obtained by the MPSA were filtered with a

fixed 0.5 Hz cut off frequency. This may have resulted in the MPSA

eliminating true signal. The lower cut off frequency causes removing higher

proportion of true signals.

The plot of the sway area (Figure 4) shows a systematic trend. With lower

magnitudes of sway area the differences between the two force plates are

relatively low as compared to higher magnitudes, but the greater the sway

area the bigger the difference between the two force plate measures.

Moreover, the statistically significant bias of sway area showed that the

MPSA overestimated sway area. Overall, larger measures of average

velocity and sway area result in increased systematic and random error in

MPSA.

While the MPSA previously demonstrated acceptable reliability [8], its validity

is not satisfactory; therefore, it cannot be considered a replacement of a

known valid force plate for the assessment of postural control. In addition,

results obtained by the MPSA on clinical populations should be treated with

caution. Clinical populations are potentially less stable and show higher

magnitudes of average velocity and sway area [17,18] and the MPSA was

incapable of measuring accurate data with higher magnitudes of average

velocities and sway areas. Additionally, to reduce measurement error, we

used a mean of 5 trials, which is unlikely to be the case with clinical use

Page 110: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

96

given the time constraints of clinical practice. Clinicians should consider all

the above mentioned issues when assessing postural control using the

MPSA.

Although we cannot rely on the MPSA for assessment of postural control, it

may possibly be used in obtaining qualitative estimates of postural control,

for instance as a biofeedback training tool and to enhance motivation level of

patients with balance defects. Having said that, we suggest clinicians

intending to use a force plate purchase a reliable and valid instrument.

Limitations exist within this study. The study sample consisted of healthy

individuals and the findings may or may not generalize to clinical populations.

This study did not attempt to assess the validity of the MPSA in different

testing positions such as eyes closed, single limb standing and narrow

stance (feet together) although we hypothesis that this would not enhance

the MPSA performance.

Future research could be done to assess the validity of the MPSA in different

balance testing positions and clinical populations. Estimates of reliability and

validity should be known prior to using any type of force plates.

In conclusion, postural control parameters cannot be validly measured in

clinical or research settings using the MPSA. The MPSA is a lower cost force

plate with a low-technology design and easy to use software but it did not

fulfil the criteria to be regarded as a valid force plate for clinical use.

Abbreviations

COP, Centre of pressure; ICC, Intraclass correlation coefficient; LOA, Level

of agreement; MPSA, Midot posture scale analyser

Competing interests

The authors declare that they have no competing interests.

Authors’ contributions

SG participated in the design of the study, collected data, performed the

statistical analysis and drafted the manuscript. JH participated in the design

of the study, helped to perform the statistical analysis and drafted the

Page 111: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

97

manuscript. BF helped to draft the manuscript. BW participated in the design

of the study and helped to draft the manuscript. All authors read and

approved the final manuscript.

References

1. Westcott SL, Lowes LP, Richardson PK: Evaluation of postural stability

in children: Current theories and assessment tools. Phys Ther 1997,

77(6):629–645.

2. McGuine TA, et al: Balance as a predictor of ankle injuries in high

school basketball players. Clin J Sport Med 2000, 10(4):239–244.

3. Lafond D, et al: Postural control during prolonged standing in

persons with chronic low back pain. Gait Posture 2009, 29(3):421–427.

4. Rogind H, et al: Comparison of Kistler 9861A force platform and

Chattecx Balance System® for measurement of postural sway:

Correlation and test-retest reliability. Scand J Med Sci Sports 2003,

13(2):106–114.

5. Prieto TE, et al: Measures of postural steadiness: Differences

between healthy young and elderly adults. IEEE Trans Biomed Eng 1996,

43(9):956–966.

6. Guskiewicz KM, Perrin DH: Research and clinical applications of

assessing balance. J Sport Rehabil 1996, 5(1):45–63.

7. Portney LG, Watkins MP: Foundations of clinical research: Application to

practice. 3rd edition. Upper Saddle River: Prentice Hall Health; 2008.

8. Golriz S, et al.: The reliability of a portable clinical force plate used for

the assessment of static postural control: repeated measures reliability

study. Chiropractic and Manual Therapies. 2012 May, 20:14

(doi:10.1186/2045-709X-20-14)"

9. Malina RM, et al: Height, mass and skeletal maturity of elite

Portuguese soccer players aged 11–16 years. J Sports Sci 2000,

18(9):685–693.

10. Era P, et al: Postural balance in a random sample of 7,979 subjects

aged 30 years and over. Gerontology 2006, 52(4):204–213.

11. AMTI: Calibration validation manual, I.A. Advanced Mechanical

Technology, Editor: Watertown, MA, USA.

12. Winter DA: Biomechanics and motor control of human movement. 4th

edition. Hoboken, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons INC; 2009.

Page 112: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

98

13. AMTI: Balance software for AMTI's AccuSway plus balance platfrom.

Watertown: I. A. Advanced Medical Technology; 2006.

14. Donner A, Eliasziw M: Sample size requirements for reliability

studies. Stat Med 1987, 6(4):441–448.

15. Bland JM, Altman DG: Statistical methods for assessing agreement

between two methods of clinical measurement. Lancet 1986,

1(8476):307–310.

16. Landis JR, Koch GG: The measurement of observer agreement for

categorical data. Biometrics 1977, 33(1):159–174.

17. Blaszczyk JW, et al: Assessment of postural instability in patients

with Parkinson's disease. Exp Brain Res 2007, 183(1):107–114.

18. Ruhe A, Fejer R, Walker B: Center of pressure excursion as a

measure of balance performance in patients with non-specific low back

pain compared to healthy controls: a systematic review of the literature.

Eur Spine J 2011, 20(3):358–368

Page 113: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

99

CHAPTER SIX

THE EFFECT OF HIP BELT USE AND LOAD PLACEMENT IN A

BACKPACK ON POSTURAL STABILITY AND PERCEIVED

EXERTION: A WITHIN SUBJECTS TRIAL

Submitted to

Gait and Posture

Page 114: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

100

In chapter 4 we found out that although the MPSA has acceptable test retest

reliability, but does not have an acceptable level of concurrent validity and

therefore is not suitable for assessing postural stability. Thus, we decided to

use the AMTI force plate to record postural stability measures. We validated

the AMTI force plate in chapter 5 and evaluated its test–retest reliability

which will be mentioned in this chapter. In this chapter we examine the effect

of load placement and hip belt use on perceived exertion and objective and

subjective measures of postural stability.

This chapter has resulted in the following submission for publication;

Golriz S, Jeffrey JJ, Foreman KB, Walker BF. The effect of hip belt use and

load placement in a backpack on postural stability and perceived exertion: a

within subjects trial. Submitted to Gait and Posture

Page 115: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

101

The effect of hip belt use and load placement in a backpack on postural

stability and perceived exertion: a within subjects trial

Samira Golriz a, Jeffrey J. Hebert a, K. Bo Foreman b, Bruce F. Walker a

a, School of Chiropractic and Sports Science, Murdoch University, Perth,

Australia

b, Department of Physical Therapy, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT,

USA

Samira Golriz* * Corresponding author

Email: [email protected]

90 South Street, Murdoch 6150, WA, Australia

Tel: +61 8 93601450

Fax: +61 8 93601299

Jeffrey J. Hebert

Email: [email protected]

K. Bo Foreman

Email: [email protected]

Bruce F. Walker

Email: [email protected]

Acknowledgement

This research was funded by Promopak Pty Ltd. Perth, WA; however, the

manufacturer played no part in the design, conduct or reporting of this study.

Page 116: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

102

Abstract

Carrying a backpack is a popular mode of load carriage and is considered

the most appropriate way of carrying additional weight. However, carrying a

backpack can cause discomfort and affect postural stability. Hip belt use and

load placement in a backpack may affect comfort and stability, as it helps to

distribute the load over the body. The purpose of this study was to assess the

effects of hip belt use and load placement in a backpack on subjective and

objective measures of postural stability, as well as perceived exertion. Thirty

participants were instructed to stand on a force plate for one minute and then

walk along a designated route under five conditions: unloaded, high load

placement in a backpack, low load placement in a backpack, hip belt on and

hip belt off. Backpacks were loaded with 20% of participants’ body weight.

The centre of pressure (COP) average velocity and sway area from the force

plate were measured. Participants rated their perceived stability and exertion

using a perceived sense of postural sway and instability scale, as well as the

Borg scale. The variables were analysed using separate, one–way repeated

measures analysis of variance (ANOVA). Compared to the unloaded

condition, all loaded conditions significantly increased COP average velocity,

sway area, perceived stability and exertion. Hip belt use did not affect COP

average velocity and sway area; however, participants reported higher levels

of stability and lower levels of exertion with hip belt use. Load placement did

not affect COP average velocity, sway area, perceived stability or exertion.

This study showed that wearing a loaded backpack reduced postural stability,

while manipulation of load placement in a backpack did not affect subjective

and objective measures of postural stability. Also, this study demonstrated

hip belt use did not improve objective measures of postural stability;

however, it did help the participants to feel more stable and they reported

lower perceived exertion.

Keywords: postural stability, backpack, hip belt, load placement, exertion

Page 117: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

103

Introduction

The human bipedal stance is inherently unstable due to the relatively high

position of the body’s centre of mass (COM) above a small base of support

[1]. To remain stable and avoid injury during daily living activities, the body

needs to keep the COM within the base of support [2]. The central nervous

system controls the maintenance of postural stability by obtaining information

from vestibular, visual, and somatosensory inputs [3]. Disease, medications,

the aging process and carrying loads can affect postural stability [4, 5].

Carrying loads can also decrease postural stability and falls have been

reported by backpack users [6].

Early backpack designs have evolved into specific models for children,

recreational backpackers, military and emergency personnel. As part of this

development, features such as a hip belt have been added in an attempt to

make backpacks more secure, comfortable, improve posture and decrease

energy costs. Without a hip belt, the majority of the vertical force is imparted

on the shoulders. Whit a hip belt, approximately 30% of the force is

transferred to the pelvis [7]. The transfer of the vertical force from the

shoulders to the pelvis is speculated to reduce activity in the shoulders and

trunk muscles (e.g. trapezius and erector spinae muscles) [8] as well as

reduce the incidence of “rucksack palsy” and shoulder–backpack interface

pressure [9-11]. Also, it results in the increased stability of the pelvis–thorax

coordination pattern [12], thus providing more comfort and improving

performance [8, 13]. A further advantage of hip belt use is that the pelvis is

less sensitive to contact pressure than the shoulders. As a result, load

bearing by the pelvis is generally more comfortable than load bearing at the

shoulders [14].

Backpack users traditionally carry heavy loads while simultaneously dealing

with the perturbations experienced in daily living. It has been demonstrated

that carrying a backpack has an impact on static and dynamic postural

stability and may lead to loss of balance and fall in adults and children. In

everyday activities, backpack users stand still, encounter stairs, walk on

multiple surfaces and may have to lift the loaded bag and often bend over to

Page 118: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

104

pick up fallen objects with the pack on. Performing these activities affects

postural stability and may result in slips or falls. If hip belt use improves

postural stability, it may have important implications regarding decreasing the

probability of fatigue, fall and injury. While it may appear to be a logical

assumption that using a hip belt improves postural stability, a review of the

literature shows that the effect of hip belt use on postural stability is unknown

[15].

We hypothesized that lower levels of postural stability and higher levels of

perceived exertion would occur for loaded conditions result than for an

unloaded condition. We also hypothesized that hip belt use would provide

physical constraint between the pelvis and thorax. Furthermore, a hip belt

would facilitate the transfer of a substantial amount of load from the

shoulders to the pelvis, possibly allowing the trunk muscles to handle the

imposed load better and focus more on postural stability. This could enhance

postural stability and reduce perceived exertion.

In addition to the consideration of a hip belt, optimising load placement within

a backpack may also be important in backpack design improvements to

enhance static and dynamic postural stability. Without knowing the best load

placement, the alteration of other backpack features is premature [16]. In the

literature, the effect of load placement on energy consumption [17, 18],

muscle electrical activity [19], and posture [16] has been studied with the

ultimate goal of making a backpack more comfortable and efficient to carry.

However, there is limited evidence regarding the effects of load placement on

objective and subjective measures of postural stability.

We hypothesized that high load placement would elevate the centre of

gravity (COG) of the body and tend to destabilize the body when compared

to low load placement. The result would be lower postural stability and higher

levels of perceived exertion. [19]. Accordingly, the purpose of this study was

to assess the effect of hip belt use and load placement in a backpack on

rating of perceived exertion (RPE) and subjective and objective measures of

postural stability.

Page 119: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

105

Methods

Study design

This study used a one–way repeated measures design in which participants

served as their own controls. The Murdoch University Ethics Committee

approved the study protocol (2010/221), and all participants provided written

consent before study enrolment.

Participants

Potential participants were occasional backpack users who were recruited

from a university campus and screened based on predefined selection

criteria. We recruited participants if they were aged between 18 and 60 years

and excluded participants who: 1) had balance deficits stemming from

rheumatological or neurological disorders, 2) had a recent musculoskeletal

injury, or spinal or lower extremity pain (within three months), 3) had an ear

infection or fever within 72 hours of testing, 4) were currently pregnant or 5)

were taking medications that could alter sensory perception (see appendices

of chapter 6, page 168).

Procedures

Participants completed two study sessions of approximately one hour

duration. The study sessions consisted of a hip belt session and a load

placement session and were scheduled seven days apart to minimise

carryover effects. The hip belt session comparison consisted of three

conditions: unloaded, hip belt and no hip belt. The load placement session

comparison consisted of three conditions: unloaded, high load placement

within the backpack and low load placement within the backpack. During

each session, participants completed dynamic and static tests.

The sequencing of each comparison (hip belt or load placement) and

experimental condition (unloaded, hip belt, no hip belt, high and low load

placement) were randomised and counterbalanced using an online random

number generator [20].

Page 120: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

106

Static testing condition

The Accugait– AMTI (Advanced Mechanical Technology Inc., Watertown,

USA) force plate and Balance Clinic software (Advanced Mechanical

Technology Inc., Watertown, USA) were used to acquire, record and analyse

the data. We extracted two variables from the software: COP average

velocity defined as the path length of the COP divided by the measurement

time (cm/s); and sway area, defined as the area of an ellipse enclosing 95%

of COP movements (cm2).

We validated and calibrated the force plate before acquiring the data. The

process of validating and determining the cut–off frequency has been

described elsewhere [21]. The acquisition sampling frequency was 100 Hz

with a cut–off frequency of 5 Hz and data were filtered using a fourth–order

low–pass Butterworth filter.

In addition to assessment of the validity of the force plate, we examined the

test–retest reliability of the force plate on a separate cohort of 30 participants,

using average values from three repetitions. The intraclass correlation

coefficient ICC(3,3), standard error of measurement and minimal detectable

difference (MDD) of the average velocity (cm/s) were 0.95 (95% confidence

interval = 0.88,0.98), 0.01, 0.03, respectively. The ICC, standard error of

measurement and MDD of sway area (cm2) were 0.80 (95% confidence

interval = 0.58, 0.90), 0.36, 0.99, respectively.

To account for factors that could influence our data, we asked participants

not to consume alcohol for 12 hours before, not to drink coffee three hours

before and not to smoke 30 minutes before testing. Participants stood

barefoot and upright on the force plate while relaxed with their arms at their

sides. They were asked to distribute their body weight evenly on both feet

and breathe normally while looking straight ahead at a target that was

located at eye level two metres away on the opposite wall. We placed a piece

of paper on the top of the plate and outlined both feet to ensure consistent

foot placement across trials. To reduce measurement error, three 60–second

measurements were obtained and mean values were calculated. Mandatory

breaks of three minutes took place between repetitions to minimise fatigue

Page 121: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

107

effects. Participants were allowed to sit down and take the backpack off

during the breaks.

Dynamic testing condition

Upon completion of the static testing conditions, participants walked 250

metres along a designated route at a self–selected pace. The route included

variable surfaces such as brick paving, fine gravel, garden bark and mulch,

as well as changing slopes and steps. The average time for completion was

around four minutes. All participants wore athletic footwear such as running

shoes and loose fit comfortable clothing.

Upon completion of the dynamic testing condition, the perceived sense of

postural sway and instability scale (PSPSI) was completed to assess

perceived stability. The PSPSI is a subjective measure of postural stability

and has been used to estimate psychophysical safety during task

performance. The PSPSI consists of four questions, each with possible

scores ranging from 0 to 2 and a maximum summated score of 8, with higher

scores representing lower levels of postural stability [22] (see appendices of

chapter 6, page 171). This scale has demonstrated adequate test–retest

reliability and criterion validity in healthy subjects between the age of 20 to 60

during standing upright, moving, bending and lifting [22].

The Borg scale was also completed upon completion of the dynamic testing

condition to measure overall and local RPE. Local RPE was measured for

the neck, shoulder, upper back, lower back, and lower extremity regions (see

appendices of chapter 6, page 172). To fill out the Borg Scale, participants

were clearly asked to rate overall and local perceived exertion and not

discomfort or pain. This scale consists of 15 points with potential scores

ranging from 6 (very, very light) to 20 (maximum effort). This scale has

acceptable test–retest reliability and criterion validity [23]. Visual analogue

scale was also completed to measure discomfort.

Backpack configuration

We used the Promopak backpack (Promopak Pty Ltd, Australia) with

dimensions of 47 x 21 x 15 cm and a hip belt with 4 cm width (see figure 1).

Page 122: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

108

The backpack was loaded to 20% of the participant’s body weight, up to a

maximum of 20 kg. We divided the backpack into upper, middle and lower

compartments using high–density foam. In the hip belt session, the weights

were placed in the middle compartment of the backpack. During load

placement session, we fixed the load in the upper or lower backpack

compartments (see figure 2). Loads were placed as close to the spine as

possible and distributed evenly on the right and left sides of the backpack.

The unloaded condition was defined as wearing no backpack.

Figure 1. The Promopak backpack

Figure 2. The loading conditions in the backpack

Left, Middle load placement; Centre, High load placement and Right, Low load placement

To place the backpacks, a single investigator used the same location relative

to the shoulders with the top of the backpack 10 cm below shoulder level on

all participants. The strap lengths were tailored to each participant’s body

type and maintained throughout the measurement sessions.

Page 123: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

109

Statistical analysis

Using sway area data obtained from our examination on the reliability of the

force plate, we performed an a priori power analysis using G-Power 3.1.3

software [24]. We found that recruiting 26 participants, at an alpha level of

0.05, would provide a 90% power to detect an MDD of 0.99 cm2. However,

we recruited 30 participants to account for the possibility of participant loss to

follow up.

All statistical analyses were conducted using SPSS version 17.0 (Chicago,

IL, USA). Data from three repetitions, in each condition, were averaged and

used in the postural stability analyses. Descriptive statistics were reported for

all dependent variables. To examine for differences in postural stability

measures, perceived stability and RPE we conducted separate one–way

repeated measures analyses of variance (ANOVA) with least significant

difference pairwise post hoc comparisons. The first independent variable was

the hip belt loading condition with three levels of unloaded, hip belt and no

hip belt. The second independent variable was the load placement loading

condition with three levels of unloaded, high load placement and low load

placement. The dependent variables were COP average velocity, sway area,

perceived stability and RPE. The Kolmogorov–Smirnov test was used to test

data normality and Mauchly’s test of sphericity was used to assess data

sphericity. We treated perceived stability scores as a continuous variable

since they were normally distributed [25]. The alpha level was set at 0.05 for

all comparisons.

Results

Thirty healthy adults (14 females), aged between 18 and 55 years,

volunteered to participate in the study. None of the participants dropped out

of the study. All participants completed both testing sessions. Participant

demographic and baseline data are provided in table 1. All data were

normally distributed. The means, standard deviations and difference scores

with 95% confidence intervals for each dependent variable are shown in

tables 2 and 3.

Page 124: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

110

Table 1. Demographic and baseline characteristics of participants (N=30)

Variable Value

Age (years) 32.8 (8.3)

Sex (%) Female 47%

Weight (kg) 69.3 (19.4)

Height (cm) 170.1 (10.6)

BMI (kg/m2) 23.9 (5.1)

Loaded backpack weight (kg) 13.6 (3.2)

Values are mean (standard deviation) unless otherwise indicated.

Table 2. Mean (standard deviation) and mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, hip belt and no hip belt condition

Mean

(SD)

Mean difference

(95% CI)

Variable Unloaded Hip

belt

No hip

belt

Unloaded-

hip belt

Unloaded-no

hip belt

Hip belt-

no hip

belt

Average

velocity

0.73

(0.15)

0.88

(0.23)

0.89

(0.20)

-0.15

(-0.22,-0.90)

-0.16

(-0.22, -0.10)

-0.01

(-0.04,0.03)

Sway

area

2.50

(1.26)

4.12

(2.40)

4.31

(2.68)

-1.62

(-2.38,-0.86)

-1.81

(-2.68, -0.94)

-0.19

(-0.87,0.48)

PSPSI 0.25

(0.54)

1.48

(1.44)

2.28

(1.96)

-1.23

(-1.69,-0.77)

-2.03

(-2.66, -1.40)

-0.8

(-1.17,-

0.42)

Overall

RPE

7.67

(0.39)

11.33

(0.52)

12.50

(0.51)

-3.67

(-4.72,-2.62)

-4.83

(-5.67, -3.99)

-1.17

(-1.99,-

0.35)

Neck RPE 7.33

(2.35)

10.43

(2.76)

11.43

(3.00)

-3.10

(-4.26,-1.94)

-4.10

(-5.22, -2.98)

-1.00

(-1.75,-

0.25)

Page 125: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

111

shoulder

RPE

6.83

(1.18)

12.67

(2.50)

13.67

(2.37)

-5.83

(-6.81,-4.86)

-6.83

(-7.77, -5.89)

-1.00

(-1.64,-

0.36)

Upper

back RPE

7.33

(1.95)

11.43

(3.14)

12.60

(2.98)

-4.10

(-5.20, -3.00)

-5.27

(-6.33, -4.20)

-1.17

(-1.94,-

0.39)

Lower

back RPE

7.67

(2.17)

10.63

(2.62)

11.07

(2.70)

-2.97

(-3.85, -2.09)

-3.40

(-4.24, -2.56)

-0.43

(-1.12,

0.25)

Lower

extremity

RPE

8.47

(2.61)

10.03

(2.63)

10.80

(3.08)

-1.57

(-2.53, -0.61)

-2.33

(-3.12, -1.55)

-0.77

(-1.38,-

0.15)

PSPSI, perceived sense of postural sway and instability; RPE, rating of perceived exertion;

Significant differences are in bold (p<0.05).

Table 3. Mean (standard deviation) and mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high load placement and low load placement

Mean

(SD)

Mean difference

(95% CI)

Variable Unloaded

HLP

LLP

Unloaded-

HLP

Unloaded-

LLP

HLP- LLP

Average

velocity

0.73

(0.15)

0.88

(0.19)

0.88

(0.22)

-0.15

(-0.19, -

0.10)

-0.16

(-0.21, -0.1)

-0.01

(-0.06, 0.04)

Sway

area

2.43

(1.21)

4.27

(2.28)

3.90

(1.80)

-1.84

(-2.63, -

1.05)

-1.48

(-2.06, -

0.89)

0.36

(-0.34, 1.07)

PSPSI 0.21

(0.42)

2.29

(1.82)

1.90

(1.49)

-2.08

(-2.72, -

1.44)

-1.69

(-2.20, -

1.18)

0.39

(-0.24, 1.01)

Overall

RPE

7.43

(1.48)

12.17

(2.20)

11.80

(2.22)

-4.73

(-0.54, -

3.93)

-4.37

(-5.11, -

3.62)

0.37

(-0.27, 1.01)

Neck 7.03 11.70 11.03 -4.67 -4.00 0.67

Page 126: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

112

RPE (1.27) (3.09) (3.00) (-5.88, -

3.45)

(-5.16, -

2.84)

(-0.90, 1.42)

shoulder

RPE

6.67

(1.74)

13.50

(2.56)

13.10

(2.45)

-6.83

(-7.98, -

5.68)

-6.43

(-7.55, -

5.32)

0.40

(-0.30, 1.10)

Upper

back

RPE

7.00

(2.12)

12.23

(2.78)

11.17

(2.34)

-5.23

(-6.47, -

3.99)

-4.17

(-5.33, -

3.01)

1.07

(0.29, 1.84)

Lower

back

RPE

7.33

(2.37)

11.33

(2.29)

11.73

(2.59)

-4.00

(-5.13, -

2.87)

-4.40

(-5.65, -

3.15)

-0.40

(-1.16, 0.36)

Lower

extremity

RPE

8.17

(1.90)

10.63

(2.54)

10.63

(2.40)

-2.47

(-3.29, -

1.65)

-2.47

(-3.24, -

1.70)

0.00

(-0.90, 0.90)

HLP, High load placement; LLP, Low load placement, PSPSI, perceived sense of postural

sway and instability; RPE, rating of perceived exertion; Significant differences are in bold

(p<0.05).

Static testing conditions

The omnibus tests identified significant differences in average velocity and

sway area in both hip belt and load placement comparisons. Subsequent

post hoc testing identified significant increases in average velocity and sway

area between the unloaded and loaded conditions. There were no significant

differences between the hip belt and load placement conditions.

Dynamic testing conditions

The omnibus test indicated significant differences in perceived stability,

discomfort and overall and local RPE. Post hoc analyses identified lower

perceived stability and comfort and higher overall and local RPE in the

loaded conditions than in the unloaded condition. Additionally, lower

perceived stability and higher RPE in most bodily regions, except the lower

back, was reported in the no hip belt condition compared to the hip belt

condition (see figure 3).

Page 127: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

113

Figure 3. Perceived exertion of neck, shoulders, upper back, lower back, lower extremity in unloaded, hip belt and no hip belt conditions

While upper back RPE was higher during the high load placement condition

compared to the low load placement condition, no differences were found in

perceived stability as well as overall, neck, shoulder, lower back and lower

extremity RPE between the two placements (see figure 4).

Page 128: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

114

Figure 4. Perceived exertion of neck, shoulders, upper back, lower back and lower extremity in unloaded, high and low load placements

Discussion

The purpose of this study was to assess the effect of load placement in a

backpack and hip belt use on subjective and objective measures of postural

stability. Our findings demonstrated that postural stability decreased when

wearing a backpack. However, load placement and hip belt use did not affect

measures of postural stability.

Decreased postural stability can result from mechanical and physiological

mechanisms. From a physiological perspective, it has been shown that

respiration affects postural stability [1]. Carrying external loads results in

increased demand on the respiratory system and as a result of this,

cardiovascular systems are also influenced. This influence is reflected by

increased heart rate, blood pressure and oxygen consumption [26]. As these

changes occur, the motion of blood mass and cardiopulmonary organs

Page 129: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

115

increases, resulting in lower postural stability as a result of the displacement

of the COM [27].

From a mechanical point of view, the human frame is intrinsically unstable,

[1] and carrying a backpack results in decreased postural stability [5]. When

a backpack is carried, a vertical projection of the COM of the body shifts

anteriorly, [28] and the displacement of the COM reduces postural stability.

Decreased postural stability in loaded conditions compared to the unloaded

condition in the current study is comparable with other studies [6, 29] but

conflicts with one study [30]. Despite the similarities between the

methodology of the current study and that study [30], it is not clear why they

failed to observe any difference in COP variables between the unloaded and

loaded conditions.

The participants in our study perceived lower stability in the loaded conditions

compared to the unloaded condition. This finding agrees with a study that

reported decreased perceived stability when carrying 10% and 20% of body

weight load compared to an unloaded condition [6].

We did not identify differences in average velocity and sway area between

the hip belt and no hip belt conditions. However, participants reported higher

perceived stability when using a hip belt. Maintaining balance depends in part

on muscular activity to counterbalance torque resulting from internal and

external forces [31]. While we did not measure muscle activity in this study,

previous research has identified lower levels of muscle activation when a hip

belt was used [8, 32]. Changes in postural balance in the no hip belt

condition did not deviate significantly from what we observed in the hip belt

condition, which is likely to be due to the compensatory increased muscle

activation in the no hip belt condition.

While we found no differences in objective measures of postural stability

between the hip belt and no hip belt conditions, subjective measures of

postural stability showed that in the hip belt condition, participants perceived

greater stability compared to the no hip belt condition. No information is

available in the literature on the effect of hip belt use on objective and

subjective measures of postural stability. However, a study that compared

Page 130: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

116

the level of comfort between different backpacks stated that subjective

measures might be more sensitive as well as more useful and appropriate

when comparing different backpacks, especially when the difference between

the backpacks is small [33]. However, subjective measures may also include

information from other domains that differ from objective measures of

postural stability.

Not surprisingly, RPE was greater during the loaded conditions compared to

the unloaded condition, and is consistent with previous research [34, 35]. In

our study, overall and local RPE measured at the neck, shoulder, upper back

and lower extremity decreased with hip belt use. Conversely, lower back

region RPE was not different between the hip belt and no hip belt conditions.

Decreased local RPE at the shoulder and upper back regions may result

from decreased interface pressure under the shoulder straps. It has been

noted that carrying a 10 kg backpack resulted in a shoulder–backpack

interface pressure of 203 mmHg, which decreased to 15 mmHg when a hip

belt was applied [32]. Additionally, hip belt use results in less shoulder

muscular activation [8, 32].

No differences in postural stability between the high and low load placement

conditions were found. These findings are consistent with another study

comparing COP variables between the high and low load placement

conditions when a 10% and 20% body weight load was applied to a

backpack [6]. Similarly, participants reported no difference in perceived

stability during the high and low load placement conditions. Although

previous research has not compared subjective measures of stability during

walking between different load placements, our findings accord with studies

reporting objective measures [36, 37]. One explanation for why participants

did not feel less stable in the high load placement in the current study might

be that the body maintains its stability in high load placement by decreasing

walking velocity and increasing double limb support [37]. However,

spatiotemporal parameters have not been investigated in this study and we

cannot confirm this assumption.

Page 131: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

117

The results of this study are limited, as we only examined a load of 20% body

weight for a short duration. Therefore, our results may not generalise to other

loading conditions. Additionally, it was not possible to blind participants to the

measurement condition, and this may be a source of bias in the results.

A potential limitation was that there was not full standardization regarding

footwear and clothing of the participants and this may have led to a decrease

in the internal validity of the study. However we chose the middle ground

standardisation to increase the external validity of the study and to generalise

the results to the broader population.

Future research should incorporate electromyography measures of postural

and lower extremity musculature in different load placements, hip belt and no

hip belt conditions.

In conclusion carrying a loaded backpack reduces postural stability, while low

or high load placement in a backpack does not affect subjective and objective

measures of postural stability. While the use of a hip belt resulted in

improvements in perceived stability and exertion, there were no

corresponding improvements in postural stability. Therefore, based on the

findings of this study, hip belt use can be recommended, while high or low

load placement cannot.

Conflict of interest statement

This research was funded by Promopak Pty Ltd. Perth, WA; however, the

manufacturer played no part in the design, conduct or reporting of this study.

References

1. Schmid, M., et al., Respiration and postural sway: Detection of phase

synchronizations and interactions. Human Movement Science, 2004. 23(2):

p. 105-119.

2. Winter, D.A., Human balance and posture control during standing and

walking. Gait and Posture, 1995. 3(4): p. 193-214.

3. Horak, F.B., S.M. Henry, and A. Shumway-Cook, Postural

perturbations: New insights for treatment of balance disorders. Physical

Therapy, 1997. 77(5): p. 517-533.

Page 132: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

118

4. Haas, B.M. and A.M. Burden, Validity of weight distribution and sway

measurements of the Balance Performance Monitor. Physiotherapy research

international : the journal for researchers and clinicians in physical therapy,

2000. 5(1): p. 19-32.

5. Li, X. and A.S. Aruin, The effect of short-term changes in body mass

distribution on feed-forward postural control. Journal of Electromyography

and Kinesiology, 2009. 19: p. 931-941.

6. Talbott, N.R., the effect of weight, location and type of backpack on

posture and postural stability of children. 2005, University of Cincinnati.

7. LaFiandra, M. and E. Harman, The Distribution of Forces between the

Upper and Lower Back during Load Carriage. Medicine and Science in

Sports and Exercise, 2004. 36(3): p. 460-467.

8. Southard, S.A. and G.A. Mirka, An evaluation of backpack harness

systems in non-neutral torso postures. Applied Ergonomics, 2007. 38(5): p.

541-547.

9. Mackie, H.W., et al., The effect of simulated school load carriage

configurations on shoulder strap tension forces and shoulder interface

pressure. Applied Ergonomics, 2005. 36(2): p. 199-206.

10. Vacheron, J.J., et al., The effect of loads carried on the shoulders.

Military Medicine, 1999. 164(8): p. 597-599.

11. Bessen, R.J., V.W. Belcher, and R.J. Franklin, Rucksack paralysis

with and without rucksack frames. Military Medicine, 1987. 152(7): p. 372-

375.

12. Sharpe, S.R., et al., Effects of a hip belt on transverse plane trunk

coordination and stability during load carriage. Journal of Biomechanics,

2008. 41(5): p. 968-976.

13. Knapik, J.J., K.L. Reynolds, and E. Harman, Soldier Load Carriage:

Historical, Physiological, Biomechanical, and Medical Aspects. Military

Medicine, 2004. 169(1): p. 45-56.

14. Holewijn, M. and W.A. Lotens, The influence of backpack design on

physical performance. Ergonomics, 1992. 35(2): p. 149-157.

15. Golriz, S. and B.F. Walker, Bacakpacks. Several factors likely to

influence design and usage: A systematic literature review. Work, 2012.

42(4): p. 1-12.

Page 133: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

119

16. Brackley, H.M., J.M. Stevenson, and J.C. Selinger, Effect of backpack

load placement on posture and spinal curvature in prepubescent children.

Work, 2009. 32(3): p. 351-360.

17. Stuempfle, K.J., D.G. Drury, and A.L. Wilson, Effect of load position on

physiological and perceptual responses during load carriage with an internal

frame backpack. Ergonomics, 2004. 47(7): p. 784-789.

18. Liu, B.S., Backpack load positioning and walking surface slope effects

on physiological responses in infantry soldiers. International Journal of

Industrial Ergonomics, 2007. 37(9-10): p. 754-760.

19. Bobet, J. and R.W. Norman, Effects of load placement on back muscle

activity in load carriage. European Journal of Applied Physiology and

Occupational Physiology, 1984. 53(1): p. 71-75.

20. Urbaniak, G.C. and S. Plous. Research Randomizer (version 3.0).

2011; Available from: http://www.randomizer.org/.

21. Golriz, S., et al., The validity of a portable clinical force plate in

assessment of static postural control: concurrent validity study. Chiropractic

and Manual therapies, 2012. 20(1): p. 15.

22. Chiou, S.Y., A. Bhattacharya, and P.A. Succop, Evaluation of workers'

perceived sense of slip and effect of prior knowledge of slipperiness during

task performance on slippery surfaces. American Industrial Hygiene

Association Journal, 2000. 61(4): p. 492-500.

23. Skinner, J.S., et al., The validity and reliability of a rating scale of

perceived exertion. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 1973. 5(2):

p. 94-96.

24. Faul, F., et al., Tests for correlation and regression analyses. Behavior

Research Methods, 2009. 41: p. 1149-1160.

25. Streiner, D.L. and G.R. Norman, Health measurement scales. A

practical guide to their development and use. Third ed. 2003: Oxford Medical

Publictions.

26. Hong, Y., et al., Effects of load carriage on heart rate, blood pressure

and energy expenditure in children. Ergonomics, 2000. 43(6): p. 717-727.

27. Conforto, S., et al., Hemodynamics as a possible internal mechanical

disturbance to balance. Gait and Posture, 2001. 14(1): p. 28-35.

28. Goh, J.H., A. Thambyah, and K. Bose, Effects of varying backpack

loads on peak forces in the lumbosacral spine during walking. Clinical

Biomechanics, 1998. 13(SUPPL. 1): p. S26-S31.

Page 134: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

120

29. Heller, M.F., J.H. Challis, and N.A. Sharkey, Changes in postural sway

as a consequence of wearing a military backpack. Gait and Posture, 2009.

30(1): p. 115-117.

30. Zultowski, I. and A. Aruin, Carrying loads and postural sway in

standing: The effect of load placement and magnitude. Work, 2008. 30(4): p.

359-368.

31. Balasubramaniam, R. and A.M. Wing, The dynamics of standing

balance. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 2002. 6(12): p. 531-536.

32. Holewijn, M., Physiological strain due to load carrying. European

Journal of Applied Physiology and Occupational Physiology, 1990. 61(3-4): p.

237-245.

33. Legg, S.J., L. Perko, and P. Campbell, Subjective perceptual methods

for comparing backpacks. Ergonomics, 1997. 40(8): p. 809-817.

34. Bauer, D.H. and A. Freivalds, Backpack load limit recommendation for

middle school students based on physiological and psychophysical

measurements. Work, 2009. 32(3): p. 339-350.

35. Madras, D.E., M.W. Cornwall, and J.R. Coast, Energy cost, perceived

exertion and postural adjustments when treadmill walking with two types of

backpack. Journal of Human Movement Studies, 1998. 35(5): p. 233-249.

36. Simpson, K.M., B.J. Munro, and J.R. Steele, Does load position affect

gait and subjective responses of females during load carriage? Applied

Ergonomics, 2012. 43(3): p. 479-485.

37. Devroey, C., et al., Evaluation of the effect of backpack load and

position during standing and walking using biomechanical, physiological and

subjective measures. Ergonomics, 2007. 50(5): p. 728-742.

Page 135: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

121

Chapter Seven

THE EFFECT OF BACKPACK LOAD PLACEMENT ON

PHYSIOLOGICAL AND SELF–REPORTED MEASURES OF

EXERTION

Submitted to

Human Movement Sciences

Page 136: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

122

In chapter 6, we examined the effect of backpack load placement on

subjective and objective measures of postural stability and discovered that

there is no significant difference between different load placements. In this

chapter we will examine the effect of load placement on physiological and

self reported measures of exertion and economy of movement to further

explore the difference between load placements.

This chapter has resulted in the following submission for publication:

Golriz S, Peiffer JJ, Walker BF, Foreman KB, Jeffrey JJ. The effect of

backpack load placement on physiological and self–reported measures of

exertion. Submitted to Human Movement Sciences

Page 137: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

123

The effect of backpack load placement on physiological and self–

reported measures of exertion

Samira Golriz 1, Jeremiah J Peiffer 1, Bruce F Walker 1, K Bo Foreman 2,

Jeffrey J Hebert 1

1, School of Chiropractic and Sports Science, Murdoch University, Perth,

Australia

2, Department of Physical Therapy, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT,

USA

Samira Golriz* * Corresponding author

Email: [email protected]

90 South Street, Murdoch 6150, WA, Australia

Tel: +61 8 93601450; Fax: +61 8 93601299

Jeremiah Peiffer

Email: [email protected]

Bruce F Walker

Email: [email protected]

K Bo Foreman

Email: [email protected]

Jeffrey J Hebert

Email: [email protected]

Conflicts of Interest and Source of Funding

This research was funded by Promopak Pty Ltd. Perth, WA; however, the

manufacturer played no part in the design, conduct or reporting of this study.

Results of the present study do not constitute endorsement by the American

College of Sports Medicine.

Page 138: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

124

The effect of backpack load placement on physiological and self–

reported measures of exertion

Abstract

Introduction: Backpacks are the most popular way of carrying additional

weight; however, it puts the body under physical stress and may cause

discomfort. It may also increase oxygen demand and energy cost.

Manipulation of load placement may alleviate the effects carrying a backpack

has on the body.

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to examine for differences in the

physiological and self-reported measures of exertion, movement economy

and efficiency of carrying a loaded backpack in both high and low placement

compared to an unloaded control condition.

Methods: Fifteen healthy adults were screened with the American Heart

Association/ American College of Sports Medicine health-fitness facility

participation screening questionnaire and instructed to walk on a treadmill for

ten minutes during three sessions under three load conditions: no load,

carrying a 20% of their body weight in high load placement and low load

placement. Dependent variables were measured using a metabolic

measurement system and participants rated their perceived exertion on a

Borg scale. The order of conditions was randomised. The variables were

analysed using separate, one–way repeated measures ANOVA.

Results: Carrying a 20% body weight load produced a significant increase in

VO2, minute ventilation, heart rate, movement economy and overall

perceived exertion in both the high and low load placements compared with

the unloaded condition. However no difference was observed between the

high and low load placement conditions. Nevertheless, perceived exertion

reported at the shoulder region was higher for high load placement as

compared to low load placement condition.

Conclusion: While altering load placement did not influence physiological

variables or overall RPE (rating of perceived exertion), participants reported

Page 139: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

125

lower perceived exertion on the shoulders in low load placement and low

load placement might be preferable in this respect.

Keywords: load carriage, loading configuration, economy, VO2

Page 140: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

126

Introduction

Carrying heavy loads is a necessity for many individuals and backpacks are

often considered the most convenient and appropriate way of achieving this

[1-3]. Nevertheless, carrying heavy loads in a backpack can induce increased

physical stress and cause discomfort and pain [4]. Additionally, increased

oxygen consumption and energy cost have been observed when carrying

heavy loads in backpacks compared with unloaded conditions [5, 6].

Quesada et al. [5] reported increased energy cost during walking while

carrying 15% and 30% body weight in comparison to an unloaded condition.

Patton et al. [6] also compared the energy cost of carrying a 31.5 and 49.4 kg

load with an unloaded condition and reported higher energy costs when

carrying extra loads.

In addition to the weight of the load, factors such as load placement may

influence physical stress and energy cost [7, 8]. It has been suggested loads

should be located centrally on the trunk and not carried asymmetrically, as in

a briefcase, handbag, shoulder bag or backpack carried unilaterally [8, 9].

Furthermore, in relation to the sagittal plane, the load needs to be carried

close to the centre of mass of the body [10], thus minimising the moment

created by the load [11].

Despite the recommendations in relation to frontal and sagittal load carrying,

controversy exists in relation to the optimal load placement in the axial plane

and the importance of load placement within a backpack [12]. Stuempfle et

al. [7] reported large differences between high and low load placement in a

backpack in terms of oxygen uptake (VO2) and minute ventilation; however,

they only examined female participants. Load placement is even more

important during walking as dynamic movements can increase load moment

up to 40% due to rotational inertia [13]. On the other hand, Liu [14] found no

differences in physiological measures between high and low load placement

while carrying 15% body weight at different speeds and grades.

With regard to load placement in a backpack, the literature provides

conflicting results on physiological variables and is limited regarding

movement economy, efficiency and subjective measures such as perceived

Page 141: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

127

exertion. Most studies have concentrated on the effect of load placement on

physiological variables, while it has also been stated that subjective

measures are more sensitive and appropriate for comparing load carriage

systems.[2] In addition, when it comes down to daily use, it is the subjective

measures that present our perception of exertion. Therefore, subjective

measures should be a powerful source of information for comparing different

load placements in a backpack. Moreover, load placement conditions have

only been compared against each other in the literature and not against an

unloaded control condition [7, 14]. It would be helpful to investigate what type

of load placement is the closest to an unloaded condition.

The purpose of this study was to examine for differences in physiological and

self–reported measures of exertion, movement economy and efficiency when

carrying a loaded backpack in both a high and low load placement compared

to an unloaded control condition. The body can be thought of as an inverted

pendulum [15] and we hypothesised that elevation of the centre of mass in

high load placement will maximise postural displacement and attenuate

imbalance, meaning the body requires more energy to maintain equilibrium

[16]. In addition, it has been reported high load placement led to a greater

trunk inclination angle [17, 18] and it is believed a greater trunk inclination

angle and displacement of the centre of mass results in lower movement

economy [19].

Methods

Participants

We performed a one–way repeated measures study examining the effects of

three loading conditions on physiological and self–reported measures of

exertion, movement economy and efficiency. Fifteen healthy participants

volunteered to participate in this study. All participants were screened with

the American Heart Association/American College of Sports Medicine

health/fitness facility participation screening questionnaire [20] prior to

inclusion. Participants were included if they were 18 to 45 years of age.

Individuals were excluded from participation if they had heart disease,

asthma, lung disease, diabetes and/or musculoskeletal problems that limited

Page 142: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

128

their physical activity or if they were pregnant. They were also excluded if

they were deemed moderate or high risk according to the screening

questionnaire (see appendices of chapter 7, page 174).

Prior to data collection, all participants signed a consent form approved by

the Human Research Ethics Committee of Murdoch University (approval

number 2011/165).

Baseline evaluation and maximal graded exercise test

All participants completed a baseline maximal graded exercise test and three

experimental exercise sessions. To prevent carryover effects, we allocated a

duration of at least 48 hours between the maximal graded exercise test and

the first experimental session. All experimental sessions were separated by

no less than one and no more than seven days. Participants wore

comfortable light clothing and abstained from intense physical activity for 24

hours prior to testing and fasted for three hours prior to each testing session.

Participants then completed a maximal graded exercise test on a

Trackmaster treadmill (JAS fitness systems, model TMX 55, KS, USA) during

which the volume of expired oxygen (VO2) and carbon dioxide (VCO2) was

measured using a Pravo TrueOne 2400 metabolic cart (ParvoMedics, Sandy,

UT, USA). The TrueOne metabolic measurement system has been shown to

be a reliable and accurate system to measure gas exchange variables [21].

We calibrated the metabolic cart before use using gasses of known

concentration and through a range of flow rates. Prior to testing, participants

were fitted with a Polar heart rate monitor telemetry chest strap (model

number T31 Coded- Polar Electro, Kempele, Finland) and heart rate was

recorded continuously throughout the duration of the test. The maximal

graded exercise test started at a speed of 3 km.h-1 with a 1% grade for the

first minute and an increase of 1 km∙h-1 each minute thereafter until a

respiratory exchange ratio (RER) equal to 1.0 was achieved and maintained

for one minute. After identifying the RER, the treadmill grade was increased

by 2% each minute until VO2max was achieved. Participants were deemed to

have achieved VO2max if their RER exceeded 1.1, heart rate was greater

Page 143: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

129

than 85% of age–predicted max and rating of perceived exertion (RPE)

exceeded 17 [22].

Experimental sessions

During the remaining three sessions, the participants completed three 10-

minute walking trials, in a randomised and counterbalanced order, using

three backpack loading conditions: unloaded, high load placement and low

load placement. Participants walked for ten minutes on a treadmill at a grade

of 1.0% at the individualised speed while continuously measuring heart rate

and expired ventilation. Walking speed was identified by a RER of 1.0 during

the maximal graded exercise test and was constant during all experimental

conditions. We chose a constant grade of 1.0% as it accurately simulates

outdoor running and compensates for the lack of air resistance in treadmill

running [23]. A duration of ten minutes was selected to ensure steady–state

physiological measures were achieved during exercise [3, 5]. Only the final

two minutes of data collection were used in the data analysis to ensure all

variables represented steady–state values.

We used the following formulas to calculate our variables of interest:

- Efficiency (%)= (work rate / energy expended) x 100% [24].

Work rate (kcal.min-1) = weight (kg) [body weight + backpack weight] x speed

of treadmill (m/min) x sin Θ (the angle of treadmill inclination).

Energy Expenditure (kcal.min-1) = 3.9 VO2+ 1.1 VCO2 [25].

-Economy (kj.L-1) = speed (m.min-1) / VO2 [24].

In addition, participants rated their overall and regional (neck, shoulder, back

and lower extremities) perceived exertion using a Borg scale (6-20) [26]

immediately upon completion of each testing session.

Backpack configuration

A backpack (Promopak Pty Ltd, Australia) measuring of 47 x 21 x 15 cm was

used for all experimental sessions. The backpack included two main

compartments, adjustable padded shoulder straps, adjustable non-elastic hip

Page 144: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

130

and elastic sternum belts, two side stabiliser straps and plastic quick-release

buckles. Consistent placement of the backpack on the participant across the

loading conditions was achieved by measuring the length of the shoulder

straps and checking their equality. We divided the interior of the backpack

into upper and lower compartments (see figure 1). In the high and low load

placement, we placed loads in the upper or lower compartments of the

backpack respectively and loads were held in place with high–density foam

inserts. The unloaded condition was defined as wearing no backpack. We

utilised a backpack load equal to 20% of the participant’s bodyweight and not

exceeding 20 kg as 20% body weight has been previously used in the

relevant literature [3, 27] and reflects common recommendations that the

backpack weight should be in the range of 15% - 30% body weight [5, 28].

Figure 1. The loading conditions in the backpack

a) high load placement b) low load placement

Statistical analysis

Using VO2 data from a previous study [29], we performed an a priori power

analysis using G-Power 3.1.3 software [30] for a priori sample size

estimation. Assuming an alpha level of 0.05 and within–group standard

deviation of 0.58 ml.kg-1.min-1, recruiting 13 participants provides 80% power

to detect a change in VO2. To account for an expected drop out rate of 15%,

we recruited 15 participants to ensure sufficient power. We entered data into

SPSS version 17.0 and calculated descriptive statistics including mean and

standard deviation for all dependent variables.

Page 145: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

131

We assessed the normality of the data with the Shapiro–Wilk test and

sphericity using Mauchly’s test. The data from the high and low load

placement and unloaded condition were compared using separate one–way

repeated measures analysis of variance (ANOVA) to examine for differences

between loading conditions. Least significant difference was adopted for post

hoc pair wise comparisons. The independent variable was the loading

condition with three levels (unloaded, high load placement, low load

placement), and the dependent variables were VO2 (L.min-1), minute

ventilation (L.min-1), heart rate (beats.min-1), movement economy, efficiency

and RPE (overall, neck, shoulders, upper back, lower back, lower extremity).

An alpha level of 0.05 was used to indicate statistical significance.

Results

All data measured in this study were normally distributed. None of the

participants dropped out of the study. Participant demographic and baseline

data are presented in table 1. The means, standard deviations and mean

differences (95% CI) of the dependent variables between loading conditions

are reported in table 2.

Table 1: Demographic and baseline characteristics of participants (N=15)

Variables Value

Age (years) 30.4 (5.5)

Sex (N) 8 female

BMI 23.3 (5.2)

Weight (kg)

Height (cm)

71.1 (22.7)

173.3 (11.3)

VO2 max (L.min-1) 2.5 (1.0)

Heart rate max (beats.min-1) 167 (16)

Backpack mass (kg) 13.1 (3.5)

Values are mean (standard deviation) unless otherwise indicated

Page 146: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

132

The omnibus tests revealed significant differences in VO2 (p<0.05), however

the magnitude of the difference was very small and unlikely to represent an

important difference. The omnibus tests also revealed significant differences

in minute ventilation (p<0.001), movement economy (p<0.001), heart rate

(p<0.05) and overall (p<0.001) and local RPEs. Post hoc analysis identified

increased VO2 (p<0.05), minute ventilation (p<0.05) and decreased economy

(p<0.001) in loaded conditions as compared to the unloaded condition, while

no difference (p>0.05) was observed between the high and low load

placement conditions. Increased heart rate was seen in high load placement

as compared to the unloaded condition (p<0.05), while no significant

difference (p>0.05) was observed between unloaded–low load placement

and high–low load placements. Overall and local RPEs increased in loaded

conditions as compared to the unloaded condition (p<0.001). Increased

shoulder RPE was identified in high load placement as compared to low load

placements (p<0.05), while no difference (p>0.05) was observed in overall,

neck, back and lower extremity RPEs between high and low load

placements. There were no between–group differences in efficiency

(p>0.05).

Table 2: Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values

during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions

Mean (SD) Mean difference

(95% CI)

Variables Unloaded

High load

Low load

Unloaded-

high load

Unloaded-

low load

High

load-

low load

VO2

(L.min-1) 1.1 (0.4) 1.2 (0.5) 1.2 (0.5)

-0.1

(-0.2, 0.0)

-0.2

(-0.3, 0.0)

0.0

(-0.1,0.0)

MV

(L.min-1) 27.5 (9.3) 31.7(11.0) 32.7(11.9)

-4.2

(-5.8, -2.5)

-4.7

(-7.4,-1.9)

-0.5

(-2.4,1.3)

HR

(beats.

min-1)

117 (20) 127 (21) 124 (16) -11

(-19, -3)

-8

(-19, 2)

2

(-5, 10)

Economy 92.8(25.0) 82.9(22.4) 81.6(22.2) 9.9 11.2 1.3

Page 147: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

133

(kj.L-1) (4.7, 15.1) (5.3, 16.9) (-1.1,3.6)

Efficiency

(%) 18.9 (2.3) 19.6 (1.9) 19.4 (2.3)

-0.7

(-1.7, 0.3)

-0.5

(-1.6, 0.7)

0.3

(-0.3,0.8)

Overall

RPE 8.6 (2.0) 13.1 (2.3) 12.3 (3.3)

-4.5

(-5.6, -3.3)

-3.7

(-5.3, -2.1)

0.80

(-0.5,2.1)

Shoulder

RPE 7.7 (0.4) 14.7 (0.7) 13.0 (0.9)

-7.0

(-8.4, -5.6)

-5.3

(-6.9, -3.8)

1.7

(0.2, 3.2)

HR, heart rate; MV, minute ventilation, RPE, rating of perceived exertion; VO2, oxygen

uptake; Significant differences are in bold (p<0.05).

Discussion

We examined for differences in physiological and self-reported measures of

exertion, movement economy and efficiency of carrying a loaded backpack in

high and low load placements compared to an unloaded condition. VO2,

minute ventilation and overall RPE increased and movement economy

decreased in loaded conditions compared to the unloaded condition;

however, there were no differences between high and low load placements.

Additionally, shoulder region RPE was higher in high load placement as

compared to low load placement and yet load and load placement did not

influence efficiency.

In our study we observed an increase in VO2 and minute ventilation and a

decrease in movement economy from the unloaded to loaded conditions that

were consistent with previous research [1, 3, 5], although the sample

population of the studies were different. Carrying a loaded backpack causes

some modifications in the body, such as increased trunk forward inclination

[28], as well as increased activity of respiratory and postural muscle activity

[18, 31]. It has been reported that increased muscular activity and changes in

posture can lead to higher oxygen consumption, minute ventilation and lower

movement economy [31, 32]. The results of the current study showed

increased VO2, decreased movement economy and unchanged efficiency.

The lack of change in efficiency across the conditions evidenced that, in

contrast to the abovementioned theory, increased VO2 and decreased

economy is mostly as a result of the additional loading and a small

Page 148: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

134

component is due to the normal resultant changes in posture or muscle

activity associated with carrying load.

Load placement did not elicit a difference in VO2, minute ventilation or

movement economy. Carrying an additional 20% of body weight led to

greater VO2 and minute ventilation and lower movement economy regardless

of load placement. Our findings are consistent with some studies [14, 33] but

not the study conducted by Stuempfle et al. [7]. Stuempfle et al. studied

females and used a constant weight of 25 kg which was about 35% of

participants’ body weight and was considerably heavier than the load used in

the current study.

Consistent with previous research, we did not identify differences in overall

RPE between the high and low load placement conditions [17, 18, 34] but

contradicts the finding of Stuempfle et al. [7], who reported high load

placement is the most desirable backpack placement on the spine. Unlike the

overall RPE, the shoulder region RPE was greater during the high load

placement condition as compared to low load placement. This finding is

comparable to the results of Frank et al. [35], who reported higher forces on

the shoulders of children while carrying backpacks with high load placement.

Previous research has reported RPE incorporates sensations of exertion

originating from two sources, the active muscles and the cardiopulmonary

system [36]. RPE values of the shoulder area were higher during high load

placement; we observed no corresponding increase in VO2, heart rate and

overall RPE. One explanation for this could be higher levels of activity of the

shoulder girdle muscular system. While we measured physiological variables,

we did not investigate muscular activity in this study. However, Bobet and

Norman [37], reported higher activity in the upper trapezius muscle during

high load placement (the load’s centre of mass was located at the level of the

ear lobe) compared to low load placement (the load’s centre of mass was

located at the level of the xiphoid process). They suggested this difference

may arise from the angular and linear accelerations of the load and trunk

[37]; however, their definitions of high and low load placement differed from

those of the current study. The second explanation could be localised

muscular fatigue due to strap pressure during high load placement. Fatigue

Page 149: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

135

of local muscles has been reported as a limiting factor in load carriage [38].

Local muscular fatigue is more likely due to local ischemia or lactate

accumulation and not limitations in aerobic muscular processes [2]. Third,

load carriage leads to mental detection of fatigue even when physiological

variables are not influenced. Higher perception of effort in the shoulder area

during high load placement may override constant physiological variables

and overall RPE values [39].

This study had several strengths and weaknesses. We obtained both

objective physiological measures and self-reported measures which may

measure different aspects of exertion. We used a standardised method;

participants walked at a constant forced pace and were therefore unable to

modify their walking velocity. They might have adapted differently to load and

load placement if they had been able to walk at a self-selected pace. Walking

on a treadmill may not replicate a real-world scenario (speed, gradient,

duration). Therefore, while this approach supports the internal validity of our

study, the generalisability of our results is limited in this sense.

This study revealed that physiological and perceptual variables of exertion

are more vulnerable to backpack load than load placement. Although it has

previously been recommended to pack heavier items at the top and lighter

items at the bottom of the backpack [7], this study showed no difference

exists between the high and low load placements in most of the variables

studied. While altering the load placement may not change physiological

variables or overall RPE, participants reported lower perceived exertion on

the shoulders in low load placement, thus low load placement might be

preferable in this respect.

Conflicts of Interest and Source of Funding

This research was funded by Promopak Pty Ltd., Perth, WA; however, the

manufacturer played no part in the design, conduct or reporting of this study.

Results of the present study do not constitute endorsement by the American

College of Sports Medicine.

Page 150: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

136

References

1. Pal, M.S., et al., Optimum load for carriage by soldiers at two walking

speeds on level ground. International Journal of Industrial Ergonomics, 2009.

39(1): p. 68-72.

2. Legg, S.J., L. Perko, and P. Campbell, Subjective perceptual methods

for comparing backpacks. Ergonomics, 1997. 40(8): p. 809-817.

3. Hong, Y., et al., Effects of load carriage on heart rate, blood pressure

and energy expenditure in children. Ergonomics, 2000. 43(6): p. 717-727.

4. Golriz, S. and B.F. Walker, Can load carriage system weight, design

and placement affect pain and discomfort? A systematic review. Journal of

back and musculoskeletal rehabilitation 2011. 24(1): p. 1-16.

5. Quesada, P.M., et al., Biomechanical and metabolic effects of varying

backpack loading on simulated marching. Ergonomics, 2000. 43(3): p. 293-

309.

6. Patton, J.F., et al., Physiological responses to prolonged treadmill

walking with external loads. European Journal of Applied Physiology and

Occupational Physiology, 1991. 63(2): p. 89-93.

7. Stuempfle, K.J., D.G. Drury, and A.L. Wilson, Effect of load position on

physiological and perceptual responses during load carriage with an internal

frame backpack. Ergonomics, 2004. 47(7): p. 784-789.

8. Zultowski, I. and A. Aruin, Carrying loads and postural sway in

standing: The effect of load placement and magnitude. Work, 2008. 30(4): p.

359-368.

9. Macias, B.R., et al., Asymmetric loads and pain associated with

backpack carrying by children. Journal of pediatric orthopedics, 2008. 28(5):

p. 512-517.

10. Knapik, J.J., et al., Soldier performance and strenuous road marching:

Influence of load mass and load distribution. Military Medicine, 1997. 162(1):

p. 62-67.

11. Knapik, J., E. Harman, and K. Reynolds, Load carriage using packs: A

review of physiological, biomechanical and medical aspects. Applied

Ergonomics, 1996. 27(3): p. 207-216.

12. Golriz, S. and B.F. Walker, Bacakpacks. Several factors likely to

influence design and usage: A systematic literature review. Work, 2012.

42(4): p. 1-12.

Page 151: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

137

13. Bloom, D. and A.P. Woodhull-McNeal, Postural adjustments while

standing with two types of loaded backpack. Ergonomics, 1987. 30(10): p.

1425-1430.

14. Liu, B.S., Backpack load positioning and walking surface slope effects

on physiological responses in infantry soldiers. International Journal of

Industrial Ergonomics, 2007. 37(9-10): p. 754-760.

15. Winter, D.A., et al., An integrated EMG/biomechanical model of upper

body balance and posture during human gait. Progress in brain research,

1993. 97: p. 359-367.

16. Pedersen, A.V., R. Stokke, and A. Mamen, Effects of extra load

position on energy expenditure in treadmill running. European Journal of

Applied Physiology, 2007. 102(1): p. 27-31.

17. Brackley, H.M., J.M. Stevenson, and J.C. Selinger, Effect of backpack

load placement on posture and spinal curvature in prepubescent children.

Work, 2009. 32(3): p. 351-360.

18. Devroey, C., et al., Evaluation of the effect of backpack load and

position during standing and walking using biomechanical, physiological and

subjective measures. Ergonomics, 2007. 50(5): p. 728-742.

19. Lloyd, R. and C. Cooke, Biomechanical differences associated with

two different load carriage systems and their relationship to economy. Human

Movement, 2011. 12(1): p. 65-74.

20. ACSM, ACSM's guidelines for exercise testing and prescription. 8th

ed. 2009, Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer Health Ltd.

21. Crouter, S.E., et al., Accuracy and reliability of the ParvoMedics

TrueOne 2400 and MedGraphics VO2000 metabolic systems. European

Journal of Applied Physiology, 2006. 98(2): p. 139-151.

22. Peiffer, J.J., et al., Physiological characteristics of masters-level

cyclists. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 2008. 22(5): p.

1434-1440.

23. Jones, A.M. and J.H. Doust, A 1% treadmill grade most accurately

reflects the energetic cost of outdoor running. Journal of Sports Sciences,

1996. 14(4): p. 321-327.

24. Moseley, L. and A.E. Jeukendrup, The reliability of cycling efficiency.

medicine and science in sports and exercise, 2001. 33(4): p. 621-627.

25. Weir, J.B., New methods for calculating metabolic rate with specia;

reference to protein metabolism. The journal of physiology, 1949. 109(1-9).

Page 152: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

138

26. Borg, G.A.V., Perceived exertion: a note on 'history' and methods.

Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 1973. 5(2): p. 90-93.

27. Singh, T. and M. Koh, Effects of backpack load position on

spatiotemporal parameters and trunk forward lean. Gait and Posture, 2009 a.

29(1): p. 49-53.

28. Goh, J.H., A. Thambyah, and K. Bose, Effects of varying backpack

loads on peak forces in the lumbosacral spine during walking. Clinical

Biomechanics, 1998. 13(SUPPL. 1): p. S26-S31.

29. Wallman, K., et al., Test-retest reliability of the aerobic power index

component of the tri-level fitness profile in a sedentary population. Journal of

Science and Medicine in Sport, 2003. 6(4): p. 443-454.

30. Erdfelder, E., F. Faul, and A. Buchner, GPOWER: A general power

analysis program. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments, and Computers,

1996. 28(1): p. 1-11.

31. Li, J.X., Y. Hong, and P.D. Robinson, The effect of load carriage on

movement kinematics and respiratory parameters in children during walking.

European Journal of Applied Physiology, 2003. 90(1-2): p. 35-43.

32. Yoshizaki, H., et al., Effect of posture change on control of ventilation.

Japanese Journal of Physiology, 1998. 48(4): p. 267-273.

33. Johnson, R.C., et al., The effect of load position on biomechanical and

physiological measures during a short duration march. 2000.

34. Simpson, K.M., B.J. Munro, and J.R. Steele, Does load position affect

gait and subjective responses of females during load carriage? Applied

Ergonomics, 2012. 43(3): p. 479-485.

35. Frank, E., J.M. Stevenson, and P. Stothart, The effect of load

placement on static posture and reaction forces in youth. medicine and

science in sports and exercise, 2003. 35(5): p. S21.

36. Ekblom, B. and A.N. Goldbarg, The influence of physical training and

other factors on the subjective rating of perceived exertion. Acta Physiologica

Scandinavica, 1971. 83(3): p. 399-406.

37. Bobet, J. and R.W. Norman, Effects of load placement on back muscle

activity in load carriage. European Journal of Applied Physiology and

Occupational Physiology, 1984. 53(1): p. 71-75.

38. Legg, S.J. and A. Mahanty, Comparison of five modes of carrying a

load close to the trunk. Ergonomics, 1985. 28(12): p. 1653-1660.

Page 153: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

139

39. Kirk, J. and D.A. Schneider, Physiological and perceptual responses

to load-carrying in female subjects using internal and external frame

backpacks. Ergonomics, 1992. 35(4): p. 445-455.

Page 154: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

140

CHAPTER EIGHT

THE EFFECT OF SHOULDER STRAP WIDTH AND LOAD

PLACEMENT ON SHOULDER–BACKPACK INTERFACE

PRESSURE

Submitted to

Applied Ergonomics

Page 155: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

141

In chapter 6 and 7, we found out that load placement within a backpack did

not affect postural stability and energy cost of the body. In this chapter we

examined the effect of load placement on contact pressure under the

shoulder straps. In addition, we investigated if width of shoulder strap affects

contact pressure under the straps. Unlike the previous experiments that were

conducted on participants, this experiment was carried out on a manikin.

This chapter has resulted in the following submission for publication;

Golriz S, Jeffrey JJ, Foreman KB, Walker BF. The effect of shoulder strap

width and load placement on shoulder–backpack interface pressure.

Submitted to Applied Ergonomics

Page 156: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

142

The effect of shoulder strap width and load placement on shoulder–

backpack interface pressure

Samira Golriz a, Jeffrey J. Hebert a, K. Bo Foreman b, Bruce F. Walker a

a, School of Chiropractic and Sports Science, Murdoch University, Perth,

Australia

b, Department of Physical Therapy, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT,

USA

Samira Golriz* * Corresponding author

Email: [email protected]

90 South Street, Murdoch 6150, WA, Australia

Tel: +61 8 93601450

Fax: +61 8 93601299

Jeffrey J Hebert

Email: [email protected]

K Bo Foreman

Email: [email protected]

Bruce F Walker

Email: [email protected]

Page 157: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

143

Abstract

Introduction: Pressure on the shoulder area can be a major limiting factor

related to backpack carriage. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the

effect of the shoulder strap width and load placement in a backpack on the

shoulder–backpack and axillary area–backpack interface pressure.

Methods: A manikin was used in this study and was equipped with a

backpack loaded with a 20 kg mass. One backpack with four different width

straps (5-6-7-8 cm) was used for testing. The load was placed high or low in

the backpack. A pressure sensor was placed over both the shoulder and on

the chest wall aspect of the axilla to measure the shoulder–backpack and

axilla–backpack interface pressure. At these two locations, we recorded

average and peak interface pressures. Data were analysed using 4 x 2

repeated measures ANOVA.

Results: A significant interaction was observed between the shoulder strap

width and load placement. The positive effect of wide straps on shoulder

pressure is greater when high load placement is used and the benefit of wide

straps on axilla pressure is improved when low load placement is used.

Interface pressure increased significantly from the narrow straps to the wide

straps. We observed the lowest and highest peak and average interface

pressure under the 8 cm and 5 cm strap, respectively. High load placement

resulted in lower shoulder–backpack interface pressure and higher axilla–

backpack interface pressure when compared to low load placement. A large

difference was noted between the interface pressure on high and low load

placement with narrow straps; however, as the shoulder strap width

increased, the difference between the two load placements decreased.

Conclusion: The least amount of interface pressure was observed with the 8

cm shoulder strap; however, an 8 cm strap might not always be the optimal

width, especially for people with narrow shoulders. High load placement

reduced the amount of interface pressure; therefore, it needs to be taken into

account when packing backpacks.

Keywords: pressure, shoulder strap, load placement, backpack

Page 158: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

144

Introduction

Backpack loading in excess of recommended limits can lead to pain and

injury (Guyer, 2001, Negrini et al., 1999, Knapik et al., 1997, Epstein et al.,

1988). The estimates of prevalence of shoulder pain related to load carriage

among backpack users ranged from 14.7% to 34.5% (Pascoe et al., 1997,

Chiang et al., 2006). In most situations, the shoulder girdle bears, and then

transfers, a substantial proportion of the backpack load to the body. Shoulder

pain (Iyer, 2001, Van Gent et al., 2003), brachial plexus injury (Makela et al.,

2006) and higher levels of activity of shoulder muscles (Piscione and Gamet,

2006) have been reported after using a backpack to carry loads for prolonged

periods of time. When heavy loads are supported on the shoulders, injury

can occur due to forces at the backpack–shoulder interface (Makela et al.,

2006).

Direct measurement of backpack–skin interface pressure is a method for

measuring external forces exerted on the body by the backpack. A

continuous pressure of 14 kPa has been recommended as the threshold to

prevent tissue damage and discomfort during prolonged load carriage (Doan

et al., 1998). However, the shoulder interface pressure reported in the

literature during the carrying of a backpack has been higher than the

recommended threshold (Holewijn, 1990, Macias et al., 2008, Harman et al.,

1999) and skin pressure under the shoulder straps was reported as the factor

that limited backpack carrying (Holewijn, 1990). Therefore, development of

backpack designs that help in distributing and alleviating pressure could be

critical in offsetting discomfort and pain (Jones and Hooper, 2005). Poor

design characteristics of backpacks, such as shoulder straps without

ergonomic consideration, have been proposed as a main contributing factor

for upper body injuries (Fergenbaum, 2007). Widening of shoulder straps has

been recommended to reduce interface pressures and increase comfort

(Harman et al., 1999).

The literature has shown that load placement within a backpack affects

physiological and biomechanical measurements (Stuempfle et al., 2004,

Brackley et al., 2009). High load placement resulted in lower oxygen

Page 159: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

145

consumption (Stuempfle et al., 2004), while low load placement led to lower

changes in posture (Brackley et al., 2009). In addition to shoulder strap width,

load placement within a backpack might also influence interface pressure.

Nevertheless, a systematic literature review revealed that the effect of load

placement and widening of shoulder straps on interface pressure has not

been investigated (Golriz and Walker, 2012). Therefore, the aim of the

present study was to evaluate the effect of backpack shoulder strap width

and load placement within a backpack on the shoulder–backpack interface

pressure. We hypothesised that wider shoulder straps would distribute the

load over a greater area and thereby reduce interface pressures and load

placement would affect the amount of interface pressure.

Methods

We used a manikin model to maximise the internal validity of the results. The

manikin consisted of a firm shell that simulated a male torso; it was

supported by two steel rods attached at the thigh stumps, with the lower ends

fixed to a solid wooden base (see figure 1).

Figure 1. The manikin and position of the pressure sensors

We compensated for the shift in the centre of gravity (COG) resulting from an

external load (Goh et al., 1998), by adjusting the anterior lean of the manikin

to replicate a balanced position with a 20 kg load in a backpack. We

estimated the correct angle of anterior lean by placing the manikin (with the

20 kg loaded backpack) on an Accugait-AMTI force plate (Advanced

Mechanical Technology Inc., Watertown, USA), and wedges were placed

under the base of the manikin to lean the manikin forward. Movements of the

COG of the manikin were followed to the point where the COG was aligned

Page 160: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

146

with the centre of pressure in the X and Y directions (i.e. the manikin was

“balanced”). At this point, a Dasco Pro angle meter (Dasco Pro, Inc.

Rockford, IL, USA) was placed on the base stand of the manikin and the

angle was recorded. We repeated this 5 times with consistent results of 10

degrees; therefore, the mannequin was fixed to a table with an anterior tilt of

10 degrees to replicate as normal a situation as possible and to resemble the

human body more closely. This degree of forward angle was constant across

all combinations. Our choice of 10 degrees for a 20 kg loaded backpack is

supported by a study that shows that 10 degrees of trunk forward flexion is

recommended as an angle to balance anterior and posterior moments for

backpack loads approximating 25 kg (Reid et al., 2004).

Backpack configuration

Four identical backpacks manufactured by Explore Planet Earth TM, SAS

harness model (New South Wales, Australia), with dimensions of 45 x 32 x

20 cm (H x W x D) and weight of 1.4 kg were used in this study (Figure 2).

The backpacks were identical except for their shoulder straps. Shoulder strap

widths were 5, 6, 7 and 8 cm in width.

Figure 2. The SAS harness backpack

We standardised shoulder strap length and backpack position to ensure

consistency across all comparisons. Loads were positioned into the

innermost compartment of the backpack to maintain the backpack COG as

close to the manikin as possible. We divided the internal space of the

backpack into high (high load placement) and low (low load placement)

Page 161: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

147

space and loads were fixed with high–density foams inserts. For the high

load placement, loads were placed in the upper space and for the low load

placement the loads were placed in the lower space of the backpack. The

backpacks were loaded to 20 kg and the hip belt of the backpack was

unfastened.

Interface pressure measurement

We obtained contact pressure measures using Tactile sensor pads

manufactured by Pressure Profile Systems, Inc. (Los Angeles, CA,

USA).This system uses capacitive based pressure sensing technology. The

sensor pads were 50x50 mm2, constructed of a thin (1.1 mm), conformable

and flexible conductive cloth, with relief cuts to allow for additional

conformability around multicurved surfaces. The pads are designed to

accommodate moderate flexing without affecting sensor performance. The

sensors were rated at pressure range of zero to 138 kPa and calibrated for

this range by the manufacturer. The data were acquired and recorded using

Chameleon software (Los Angeles, CA, USA) at a sampling frequency of 30

Hz. Each measurement was recorded for a two-minute duration. The data

were recorded from the entire area that the sensors covered. When using

capacitance pressure sensors, two minutes of measurement is an accurate

reflection of a longer duration of 1 hour (Fergenbaum, 2007).

We standardised sensor placement across all measurements by outlining the

locations of the inner and outer boundaries of the shoulder straps on the

manikin. Two central and common areas between the outlines of the four

shoulder strap configurations were considered for sensor placement. The

sensors were placed on the superior area of the shoulders at the mid

trapezius line and the chest wall aspect of the axilla (see figure 1). The

sensors were secured in these locations to ensure consistent placement

across trials.

We measured interface pressure under the right shoulder strap. The inactive

sensor was placed on the left side to ensure backpack placement symmetry.

We undertook a preliminary assessment of test–retest reliability, which

yielded standard error of measurement values of 0.034 kPa for a mean of

Page 162: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

148

five measurements. Therefore, the mean of five measurements resulted in

optimal level of reliability.

Statistical analysis

Statistical analyses were conducted using SPSS version 17.0 (Chicago, IL,

USA). We conducted a 4 x 2 repeated measures analysis of variance

(ANOVA) with least significant difference pair-wise post hoc comparisons.

The independent variables were shoulder strap width with four levels (5, 6, 7

and 8 cm) and load placement with two levels (high and low load placement).

The dependent variables were shoulder and axillary average and peak

pressures (kPa). Data were assessed for violations of sphericity with

Mauchly’s test. Alpha was set at 0.05 for all comparisons (see appendices of

chapter 8, page 177).

Results

The results of average and peak interface pressures in the high and low load

placements across different strap widths are presented in tables 1 and 2. As

average and peak pressure demonstrated similar trends, only the results of

the average pressure are described below and presented in figures 3 and 4.

Table 1. Mean (SD) of peak and average backpack – shoulder interface pressure under different width shoulder straps (kPa) and load placements

Peak-HLP Peak-LLP Average-HLP Average-LLP

5 cm 17.2 (0.1) 30.8 (0.1) 16.8 (0.1) 30.5 (0.1)

6 cm 14.8 (0.1) 27.7 (0.1) 14.4 (0.1) 27.4 (0.2)

7cm 13.1 (0.2) 15.1 (0.2) 12.7 (0.3) 14.7 (0.2)

8 cm 11.5 (0.2) 14.3 (0.1) 11.1 (0.2) 13.8 (0.2)

HLP, high load placement; LLP, low load placement

Page 163: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

149

Table 2. Mean (SD) of peak and average backpack – axilla interface pressure under different width shoulder straps (kPa) and load placements

Peak-HLP Peak-LLP Average-HLP Average-LLP

5 cm 6.8 (0.1) 6.1 (0.1) 6.4 (0.1) 5.8 (0.1)

6 cm 5.1 (0.1) 4.6 (0.1) 4.8 (0.1) 4.3 (0.2)

7cm 4.6 (0.1) 4.5 (0.1) 4.3 (0.2) 4.0 (0.2)

8 cm 3.9 (0.1) 4.0 (0.1) 3.6 (0.1) 3.6 (0.1)

HLP, high load placement; LLP, low load placement

Average pressure over the shoulder

A significant interaction (p<0.001) was found between shoulder strap width

and load placement. Significant main effects were observed for shoulder

strap width (p<0.001) and load placement (p<0.001) on the average and

peak pressure with narrow shoulder straps and on low load placement

associated with higher interface pressure. The mean (SD) of the average

shoulder pressure across different shoulder strap widths was 12.5 (1.9) kPa

for 8 cm, 13.7 (1.4) kPa for 7 cm, 20.9 (9.1) kPa for 6 cm and 23.6 (9.6) kPa

for 5 cm. Mean (SD) of average shoulder pressure was 13.8 (2.4) kPa for

high load placement and 21.6 (8.6) kPa for low load placement.

Post hoc comparisons demonstrated differences between all of the

combinations of load placements and strap widths. The combination of wide

straps–high load placement resulted in lower pressure and the combination

of narrow straps–low load placement generated higher pressure (see figure 3

and table 1).

Page 164: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

150

Figure 3: Average backpack-shoulder interface pressure under various shoulder strap widths in high and low load placement

Shoulder strap width (cm)

4 5 6 7 8 9

Ave

rag

e b

ackp

ack-s

ho

uld

er

inte

rfa

ce

pre

ssure

(K

pa

)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

High load placement o low load placement

* Significantly different from other strap widths p<0.05 † Significantly different from high load placement p<0.05 Error bar shows 95% CI

Average pressure on the axillary area

A significant interaction (p<0.001) was noted between shoulder strap width

and load placement. Significant main effects were observed for shoulder

strap width (p<0.001) and load placement (p<0.001) on average and peak

axillary interface pressures with narrow straps and on high load placement

associated with higher interface pressure. The mean (SD) of the average

axillary pressure across different shoulder strap widths was 3.6 (0.03) kPa for

8 cm, 4.2 (0.2) kPa for 7 cm, 4.5 (0.4) kPa for 6 cm and 6.1 (0.4) kPa for 5

cm. The mean (SD) of the average axillary pressure was 4.8 (1.2) kPa for

high load placement and 4.4 (0.9) kPa for low load placement.

Post hoc comparison revealed no significant differences between the high

and low load placements of the 8 cm strap. Significant differences between

all of the other combinations of load placements and strap widths were

*†

*† *†

*†

Page 165: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

151

observed. The combination of wide straps–low load placement resulted in

lower pressure and the combination of narrow straps–high load placement

generated higher pressure (see figure 4 and table 2).

Figure 4: Average backpack-axillary area interface pressure under various shoulder strap widths in high and low load placement

Shoulder strap width (cm)

4 5 6 7 8 9

Ave

rag

e b

ackp

ack-a

xilla

ry inte

rfa

ce

pre

ssure

(K

pa

)

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

High load placement o low load placement

* Significantly different from other strap widths p<0.05 † Significantly different from low load placement p<0.05 Error bar shows 95% CI

Discussion

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect of the shoulder strap

width and load placement in a backpack on shoulder and axilla interface

pressure. Our first hypothesis was that wider shoulder straps would distribute

the load over a greater area and thereby reduce interface pressures. Our

second hypothesis was that load placement would affect the interface

pressures.

Our results support our first hypothesis. The 8 cm and 5 cm shoulder straps

resulted in the lowest and highest amount of interface pressure, respectively.

Wide straps help distribute the load exerted on the shoulders, thereby

*†

*†

*†

*

Page 166: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

152

preventing concentration of the load and occlusive pressure over a small

area. This increased pressure under narrow straps can lead to discomfort

and pain for users, as significant correlation has been reported between

increased contact pressure and pain (Macias et al., 2005). Our finding was

consistent with another study that showed a lower interface pressure for an 8

cm shoulder strap than for a 5 cm strap (Holewijn, 1990). In that study,

backpack–shoulder interface pressure was compared between two loaded

army backpacks and shoulder strap width, among other backpack

configurations, was one of the characteristics that affected interface

pressure.

Another advantage of wide straps is that doubling the amount of load did not

result in a significant increase in shoulder interface pressure when wide

straps were used. In contrast, it resulted in an increase of 36% when narrow

straps were used (Holewijn, 1990). Furthermore, the narrowness of shoulder

straps has been reported as a negative factor by participants since the

narrow shoulder straps cut into the front of the shoulders and make backpack

carrying uncomfortable (Legg et al., 2003).

Our second hypothesis was also supported by our findings. Load placement

influenced interface pressure, as high load placement generated lower

shoulder pressure and higher axilla pressure, and low load placement

resulted in higher shoulder pressure and lower axilla pressure. A potential

explanation for this involves the differing moment arms between the high and

low load placements to the backpacks axis of rotation. The thoracic kyphotic

curve results in a greater moment arm in the high loading position relative to

the low load placement. This increases the moment caused by the backpack

and will cause the backpack to attempt to rotate posteriorly, thereby

increasing the pressure on the axilla. Conversely, the reduction in moment

with the low load placement causes less pressure on the anterior part of the

shoulder and more over the shoulders.

A significant interaction was observed between the shoulder strap width and

load placement. The positive effect of wide straps on shoulder pressure is

greater when high load placement is used and the benefit of wide straps on

Page 167: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

153

axilla pressure is improved when low load placement is used. The

combination of high load placement–8 cm strap generated the lowest

shoulder interface pressure. The 8 cm shoulder strap, regardless of load

placement, generated the lowest axilla interface pressure.

We observed higher pressure over the shoulders and lower pressure on the

axilla in all conditions, which agrees with other studies (Holewijn, 1990, Hadid

et al., 2012). Continuous pressure higher than the recommended threshold of

14 kPa has been suggested to result in tissue damage; therefore, 14 kPa is

considered to be the safe upper limit (Doan et al., 1998). In the current study,

axilla interface pressure was below this recommended threshold in all of the

load placement and strap width conditions. Shoulder interface pressure for

the high load placement–8 cm, low load placement–8 cm and high load

placement–7 cm conditions were also below this threshold and within the

safe limit, while the shoulder interface pressures for the 5 cm and 6 cm

straps in both load placement conditions and for the 7 cm–low load

placement condition exceeded this threshold. In all conditions, the axilla

interface pressure was within the safe limit; therefore, basing the

recommendations for the optimal strap width and load placement on the

findings of shoulder interface pressure would seem logical. Thus, the

combination of high load placement and 8 cm strap is the optimal

configuration with respect to interface pressure between shoulder straps and

the body.

Our findings favour the use of wider shoulder straps, but the stature and

physique of the wearer should also be taken into account when choosing the

optimal width of shoulder straps. The manikin used in this study represented

a male body and the 8 cm strap resulted in the lowest contact pressure.

However, the 8 cm strap might be too wide for smaller framed individuals.

The findings of this study are limited as they were generated using a manikin

and may not generalise to humans. We only measured pressure at two

locations and this might have limited our findings. Future research should

seek to replicate our findings in vivo while incorporating person–centred

information such as perceived pain, discomfort and exertion. In addition,

Page 168: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

154

future research should undertake more comprehensive pressure

measurements to look at the effect of load placement and shoulder strap

width on interface pressure.

In conclusion, the current study has shown that shoulder strap width and load

placement within a backpack influenced shoulder interface pressure, such

that wide straps and high load placement generated lower pressure.

Therefore, these factors should be important considerations in backpack

design and when packing a backpack for use. We recommend wide shoulder

straps and high load placement, since these generated the lowest interface

pressure in our study.

Conflict of interest

The backpacks used in this study were donated by Explore Planet EarthTM,

NSW, Australia; however, the manufacturer played no part in the design,

conduct or reporting of the research.

References

Brackley, H. M., Stevenson, J. M. & Selinger, J. C. 2009. Effect of backpack

load placement on posture and spinal curvature in prepubescent children.

Work, 32, 351-360.

Chiang, H. Y., Jacobs, K. & Orsmond, G. 2006. Gender-age environmental

associates of middle school students' low back pain. Work, 26, 19-28.

Doan, J. B., Stevenson, J. M., Bryant, J. T., Pelot, R. P. & Reid, S. A. 1998.

Developing a performance scale for load carriage designs. Proceedings of

the 30th Annual Conference of the Human Factors Association of Canada.

Epstein, Y., Rosenblum, J., Burstein, R. & Sawka, M. N. 1988. External load

can alter the energy cost of prolonged exercise. Eur. J. Appl. Physiol., 57,

243-247.

Fergenbaum, M. A. 2007. Development of safety limits for load carriage in

adults. Ontario, Canada, Queen's university.

Goh, J. H., Thambyah, A. & Bose, K. 1998. Effects of varying backpack loads

on peak forces in the lumbosacral spine during walking. Clin. Biomech., 13,

S26-S31.

Golriz, S. & Walker, B. F. 2012. Backpacks. Several factors likely to influence

design and usage: A systematic literature review. Work, 42, 519-531.

Page 169: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

155

Guyer, R. L. 2001. Backpack = back pain. Am. J. Public Health, 91, 16-19.

Hadid, A., Epstein, Y., Shabshin, N. & Gefen, A. 2012. Modeling mechanical

strains and stresses in soft tissues of the shoulder during load carriage based

on load-bearing open MRI. J. Appl. Physiol., 112, 597-606.

Harman, E., Frykman, P., Pandorf, C., Tharion, W., Mello, R. P., Obusek, J.,

et al. 1999. Physiological, biomechanical, and maximal performance

comparisons of female soldiers carrying loads using prototype U.S. marine

corps modular lightweight load-carrying equipment (MOLLE) with interceptor

body armor and U.S.army all-purpose lightweight individual carrying

equipment (ALICE) with PASGT body armor Natick, MA, U.S. army research

institute of environmental medicine.

Holewijn, M. 1990. Physiological strain due to load carrying. Eur. J. Appl.

Physiol., 61, 237-245.

Iyer, S. R. 2001. An Ergonomic Study of Chronic Musculoskeletal Pain in

Schoolchildren. Indian J. Pediatr., 68, 937-941.

Jones, G. R. & Hooper, R. H. 2005. The effect of single- or multiple-layered

garments on interface pressure measured at the backpack-shoulder

interface. Appl. Ergon., 36, 79-83.

Knapik, J. J., Ang, P., Meiselman, H., Johnson, W., Kirk, J., Bensel, C., et al.

1997. Soldier performance and strenuous road marching: Influence of load

mass and load distribution. Mil. Med., 162, 62-67.

Legg, S. J., Barr, A. & Hedderley, D. I. 2003. Subjective perceptual methods

for comparing backpacks in the field. Ergonomics, 46, 935-955.

Macias, B. R., Murthy, G., Chambers, H. & Hargens, A. R. 2005. High

contact pressure beneath backpack straps of children contributes to pain.

Arch. Pediatr. Adolesc. Med., 159, 1186-1187.

Macias, B. R., Murthy, G., Chambers, H. & Hargens, A. R. 2008. Asymmetric

loads and pain associated with backpack carrying by children. J. Pediatr.

Orthop., 28, 512-517.

Makela, J. P., Ramstad, R., Mattila, V. & Pihlajamaki, H. 2006. Brachial

plexus lesions after backpack carriage in young adults. Clin. Orthop., 205-

209.

Negrini, S., Carabalona, R. & Sibilla, P. 1999. Backpack as a daily load for

schoolchildren. Lancet, 354, 1974.

Page 170: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

156

Pascoe, D. D., Pascoe, D. E., Wang, Y. T., Shim, D. M. & Kim, C. K. 1997.

Influence of carrying book bags on gait cycle and posture of youths.

Ergonomics, 40, 631-641.

Piscione, J. & Gamet, D. 2006. Effect of mechanical compression due to load

carrying on shoulder muscle fatigue during sustained isometric arm

abduction: An electromyographic study. Eur. J. Appl. Physiol., 97, 573-581.

Reid, S. A., Stevenson, J. M. & Whiteside, R. A. 2004. Biomechanical

assessment of lateral stiffness elements in the suspension system of a

backpack. Ergonomics, 47, 1272-1281.

Stuempfle, K. J., Drury, D. G. & Wilson, A. L. 2004. Effect of load position on

physiological and perceptual responses during load carriage with an internal

frame backpack. Ergonomics, 47, 784-789.

Van Gent, C., Dols, J. J. C. M., De Rover, C. M., Hira Sing, R. A. & De Vet,

H. C. W. 2003. The weight of schoolbags and the occurrence of neck,

shoulder, and back pain in young adolescents. Spine, 28, 916-921.

Page 171: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

157

CHAPTER NINE

CONCLUSION

Page 172: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

158

The broad purpose of this thesis was to examine the effect of backpack

loading configurations and design features on postural stability, energy cost,

perceived exertion and shoulder interface pressure, when compared to an

unloaded condition. This information was required for further exploration of

the effects of backpacks on the body and to provide recommendations

regarding appropriate backpack load placement, optimum usage of backpack

features (such as a hip belt) and the optimum dimensions of backpack

features (such as shoulder straps).

Our systematic reviews of the literature (chapter 2 and 3) allowed us to

conclude that, in addition to the backpack weight, other factors might also

contribute to the reported pain and perceived exertion of backpack carrying.

The literature also showed that, in addition to the general belief that it leads

to low back pain, carrying a backpack also triggers pain in other parts of the

body, especially the shoulder area. In addition, our systematic reviews

revealed that tightening vs. loosening of the shoulder straps and a single

shoulder strap vs. double shoulder straps have been studied and compared

against each other in the literature, while shoulder straps, their designs and

dimensions have not yet been investigated. Nevertheless, the reviews show

the necessity of shoulder strap design improvement in order to alleviate the

risk of shoulder pain. We also concluded that backpack designs that

distribute the load (i.e. backpacks with a hip belt or double packs) generate

less discomfort and pain, but that no consensus has been reached regarding

the best load placement in a backpack/best backpack placement on the

spine. The systematic reviews also revealed widespread deficiencies in the

methodology of the included studies, such as inadequate statistical power

and a lack of reliable, valid and calibrated instruments of measurement.

We intended to use a clinical force plate (Midot posture scale analyser),

which is commonly used by clinicians but had unknown psychometric

properties, to assess postural stability. Therefore, we investigated the test–

retest reliability and concurrent validity of this clinical force plate in chapters 4

and 5. The Midot posture scale analyser showed an acceptable level of

reliability, but the level of validity was not satisfactory. Consequently, we

chose to use a validated AMTI force plate.

Page 173: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

159

Using reliable and valid instruments, we compared postural stability, oxygen

consumption and perceived exertion between loaded conditions and an

unloaded control condition. Carrying a backpack with a load equivalent to

20% of body weight, regardless of the type of load placement and hip belt

usage (with/without), resulted in a lower level of subjective and objective

measures of postural stability (chapter 6) and higher levels of oxygen

consumption, energy cost (chapter 7) and perceived exertion (chapter 6 and

7). These changes can be attributed directly to the extra load imposed on the

body.

In addition to the effect of carrying a backpack on postural stability and

perceived exertion, we investigated whether hip belt use improved postural

stability and perceived exertion (chapter 6). We observed that hip belt use did

not enhance objective measures of postural stability; however, participants

reported a perception of increased stability and decreased exertion.

Therefore, we recommend that individuals should use hip belts when wearing

backpacks.

In addition to hip belt use, we also investigated the effects of load placement

within a backpack. Load placement did not influence postural stability

(chapter 6), heart rate, oxygen uptake, energy cost (chapter 7) or overall

perceived exertion (chapter 6 and 7); however, participants reported a higher

level of local perceived exertion in the shoulders and the upper back during

high load placement. One experiment reported in chapter 6 was conducted in

an outdoor and non-controlled condition, where participants were free to walk

at a self selected pace and for a short time (4 minutes), while the other

experiment was carried out in a controlled laboratory environment, at a

forced pace and for a longer period of time (10 minutes). The only difference

observed between the load placements in either experiment was in the

perceived exertion in the shoulder and upper back. In our questionnaires, we

asked the participants to rate the level of exertion they perceived on different

body regions; however, we did not provide any explanation that would have

clarified the boundaries between the regions. Therefore, participants may

have considered their shoulders and upper back areas to be

interchangeable.

Page 174: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

160

We proposed in chapters 6 and 7 that the higher level of perceived exertion

in the shoulders during the high load placement condition was likely due to

increased pressure on the shoulders under that condition. However, in

chapter 8, we determined that high load placement resulted in lower shoulder

interface pressure. This discrepancy might show that perceived exertion is

not indicative of interface pressure, and that the amount of exertion is related

to some other construct that we did not investigate.

In choosing between high and low load placement conditions, a

determination must be made about which factor is more important for the

user: interface pressure or exertion. The findings of chapters 6, 7 and 8

indicate that a low load placement might be preferable if the goal of the

backpack user is to minimize shoulder and upper back exertion, whereas

high load placement might be best if the backpack user prefers to reduce

shoulder–backpack interface pressure. Alternatively, since the difference

between the load placements was small when wide shoulder straps were

used, backpack users may choose the load placement that they feel is the

most comfortable as long as they wear backpacks with wide shoulder straps.

Wide shoulder straps result in decreased interface pressure without

adversely affecting perceived exertion.

Our findings favoured wide straps but did not determine “how wide is wide

enough?”. Further research needs to be conducted to answer this question.

However, in general, physique and anthropometric characteristics need to be

considered to determine the dimensions of a backpack and its features. We

may obtain the optimal results if a backpack and its features are tailored for a

given individual. For elite use (e.g., military, sport), this may be warranted;

however, for general use, individuals should choose a backpack that is

appropriate to their size and wear it properly to reduce the negative effects of

carrying loads.

Page 175: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

161

APPENDICES

Page 176: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

162

Appendices of chapter 4

Page 177: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

163

Health Questionnaire

Please take your time answering this questionnaire. If you have a question

regarding any of the points below, please ask one of the investigators prior to

handing it in.

Gender: Male Female

Age: ______ years

Have you previously suffered from ankle, knee or hip arthritis, weakness,

strain or sprain?

Yes No

Have you ever had surgery on your back, neck or lower extremities?

Yes No

If yes, what was the surgery?

Do you have any history of treatment for spinal and lower extremity pain (legs

or feet) lasting for more than a week?

Yes No

Do you have any history of neurological problems like epilepsy?

Yes No

Do you have any history of joint problems like rheumatoid arthritis?

Yes No

Have you ever been involved in a serious road traffic accident where you

were injured

Yes No

Have you suffered from dizziness, nausea or headache as a consequence?

Yes No

Page 178: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

164

Do you have any history of balance problems, dizziness or loss of balance?

Yes No

If yes, please elaborate:

Do you at the moment have cold, ear infection or fever?

Yes No

Do you take any medications for pain suppression?

Yes No

Are you pregnant?

Yes No

Dominant hand: Right Left

Dominant foot: Right Left

Office use only

Height (cms):

Weight (Kgs):

BMI:

Page 179: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

165

Appendices of chapter 5

Page 180: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

166

Health Questionnaire

Please take your time answering this questionnaire. If you have a question

regarding any of the points below, please ask one of the investigators prior to

handing it in.

Gender: Male Female

Age: ______ years

Have you previously suffered from ankle, knee or hip arthritis, weakness,

strain or sprain?

Yes No

Have you ever had surgery on your back, neck or lower extremities?

Yes No

If yes, what was the surgery?

Do you have any history of treatment for spinal and lower extremity pain (legs

or feet) lasting for more than a week?

Yes No

Do you have any history of neurological problems like epilepsy?

Yes No

Do you have any history of joint problems like rheumatoid arthritis?

Yes No

Have you ever been involved in a serious road traffic accident where you

were injured

Yes No

Page 181: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

167

Have you suffered from dizziness, nausea or headache as a consequence?

Yes No

Do you have any history of balance problems, dizziness or loss of balance?

Yes No

If yes, please elaborate:

Do you at the moment have cold, ear infection or fever?

Yes No

Do you take any medications for pain suppression?

Yes No

Are you pregnant?

Yes No

Dominant hand: Right Left

Dominant foot: Right Left

Office use only

Height (cms):

Weight (Kgs):

BMI:

Page 182: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

168

Appendices of chapter 6

Page 183: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

169

Health Questionnaire

Please take your time answering this questionnaire. If you have a question

regarding any of the points below, please ask one of the investigators prior to

handing it in.

Gender: Male Female

Age: ______ years

Have you previously suffered from ankle, knee or hip arthritis, weakness,

strain or sprain?

Yes No

Have you ever had surgery on your back, neck or lower extremities?

Yes No

If yes, what was the surgery?

Do you have any recent history of treatment for spinal and lower extremity

pain (legs or feet) lasting for more than a week?

Yes No

Do you have any history of neurological problems like epilepsy?

Yes No

Do you have any recent history of joint problems like rheumatoid arthritis?

Yes No

Have you ever been involved in a serious road traffic accident where you

were injured

Yes No

Have you suffered from dizziness, nausea or headache as a consequence?

Page 184: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

170

Yes No

Do you have any history of balance problems or loss of balance?

Yes No

If yes, please elaborate:

Do you feel dizzy or have vertigo at time of participation?

Yes No

Do you at the moment have cold, ear infection or fever?

Yes No

Do you take any medications for pain suppression?

Yes No

When was the last time that you consumed alcohol?

Are you pregnant?

Yes No

Dominant hand: Right Left

Dominant foot: Right Left

Office use only

Height (cms):

Weight (Kgs):

BMI:

Page 185: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

171

Perceived Sense of Postural Sway and Instability Scale

1. How much did you feel yourself slip (i.e., loss of foot traction)?

A little Some A lot

0 0.5 1 1.5 2

Did you feel at any time that you would slip and fall?

A little Some A lot

0 0.5 1 1.5 2

3. Did you have any difficulty in maintaining balance while performing the task?

A little Some A lot

0 0.5 1 1.5 2

4. What would you say was the overall difficulty of this task?

A little (very

easy)

easy

Some

(moderate)

A lot

(somewhat

hard)

0 0.5 1 1.5 2

Page 186: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

172

Borg Scale

Please score the rating of exertion that you perceived for the following zones

based on the below table:

Body zone Rating of perceived exertion

Overall

Neck

Shoulders

Upper back

Low back

Lower extremity

6 Very, very light How you feel when lying in bed or sitting in a chair relaxed

7

8 Very light Little or no effort

9

10

11 Fairly light Target range: how you should feel with exercise or activity

12

13 Somewhat hard

14 Hard

15

16 Very hard How you felt with the hardest work you have ever done

17

18 Very, very hard

19

20 Maximum effort Don’t work this hard!

Page 187: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

173

Appendices of chapter 7

Page 188: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

174

Health Questionnaire

Please take your time to answer this questionnaire honestly. If you have a

question regarding any of the points below, please ask one of the

investigators prior to handing it in.

Gender: Male Female

Age: ______ years Blood pressure: ______

Weight: ______ kg BMI: ______

Height: ______ cm

History (please tick)

You have had:

…….a heart attack

…….heart surgery

……coronary angioplasty (balloon artery expansion)

…..pacemaker

…..heart valve disease

…..heart failure

…..heart transplantation

…..congenital heart disease

Symptoms

…..You experience chest discomfort with exertion.

….You experience unreasonable breathlessness.

….You experience dizziness, fainting, or blackouts.

….You take heart medications.

Other health issues

Page 189: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

175

….You have diabetes.

….You have asthma or other lung disease.

….You have burning or cramping sensation in your lower legs when walking

short distances.

….You have musculoskeletal problems that limit your physical activity.

….You take prescription medication(s). Please list here: ………………

….You are pregnant.

….You are claustrophobic

Section 2

Cardiovascular risk factors

….You smoke, or quit smoking within the previous 6 months.

….Your blood pressure is >140/90 mm Hg*. (We will check this before

starting)

….You take blood pressure medication.

….Your blood cholesterol level is >200 mg/dl.

….You do not know your cholesterol level.

….You have a close blood relative who had a heart attack or heart surgery

before age 55 (father or brother) or age 65 (mother or sister)

….You are physically inactive (i.e.; you get <30 minutes of Moderate-intensity

physical activity on at least 3 days per week).

….You are>10 kgs overweight (BMI ≥ 30).

Section 3

…. None of the above

Page 190: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

176

Borg Scale

Please score the rating of exertion that you perceived for the following zones

based on the below table:

Body zone Rating of perceived exertion

Overall

Neck

Shoulders

Upper back

Low back

Lower extremity

6 Very, very light How you feel when lying in bed or sitting in a chair relaxed

7

8 Very light Little or no effort

9

10

11 Fairly light Target range: how you should feel with exercise or activity

12

13 Somewhat hard

14 Hard

15

16 Very hard How you felt with the hardest work you have ever done

17

18 Very, very hard

19

20 Maximum effort

Don’t work this hard!

Page 191: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

177

Appendices of chapter 8

Results of a 4 x 2 repeated measures ANOVA with least significant difference

pair wise post hoc comparisons. The independent variables were shoulder

strap width with 4 variations (5, 6, 7 and 8 cm) and load placement with two

levels of high (H) and low (L) load placement.

Average shoulder interface pressure

Descriptive Statistics

Mean Std. Deviation N

aveshoulder5H 16.8291 .12333 5

aveshoulder5L 30.4748 .11321 5

aveshoulder6H 14.4449 .07857 5

aveshoulder6L 27.3876 .15095 5

aveshoulder7H 12.6806 .30805 5

aveshoulder7L 13.7971 .21428 5

aveshoulder8H 11.1231 .16580 5

aveshoulder8L 14.7203 .22138 5

Page 192: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

178

Tests of Within-Subjects Effects

Source Type III

Sum of

Squares df

Mean

Square F Sig.

Partial Eta

Squared

strap Sphericity

Assumed

885.029 3 295.010 10998.239 .000 1.000

Greenhouse-

Geisser

885.029 1.694 522.389 10998.239 .000 1.000

Huynh-Feldt 885.029 2.806 315.363 10998.239 .000 1.000

Lower-bound 885.029 1.000 885.029 10998.239 .000 1.000

Error(strap) Sphericity

Assumed

.322 12 .027

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.322 6.777 .047

Huynh-Feldt .322 11.226 .029

Lower-bound .322 4.000 .080

placement Sphericity

Assumed

612.386 1 612.386 61729.738 .000 1.000

Greenhouse-

Geisser

612.386 1.000 612.386 61729.738 .000 1.000

Huynh-Feldt 612.386 1.000 612.386 61729.738 .000 1.000

Lower-bound 612.386 1.000 612.386 61729.738 .000 1.000

Error(placement) Sphericity

Assumed

.040 4 .010

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.040 4.000 .010

Huynh-Feldt .040 4.000 .010

Lower-bound .040 4.000 .010

Page 193: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

179

strap * placement Sphericity

Assumed

307.370 3 102.457 7222.170 .000 .999

Greenhouse-

Geisser

307.370 1.267 242.608 7222.170 .000 .999

Huynh-Feldt 307.370 1.586 193.799 7222.170 .000 .999

Lower-bound 307.370 1.000 307.370 7222.170 .000 .999

Error(strap*placement) Sphericity

Assumed

.170 12 .014

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.170 5.068 .034

Huynh-Feldt .170 6.344 .027

Lower-bound .170 4.000 .043

Page 194: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

180

Strap

Estimates

Measure:MEASURE_1

Strap

(cm)

Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

5 23.652 .052 23.508 23.796

6 20.916 .045 20.792 21.041

7 13.239 .116 12.916 13.562

8 12.922 .063 12.748 13.096

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

(I) strap (J) strap

(cm) Mean Difference

(I-J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

5

dimension2

6 2.736* .039 .000 2.629 2.843

7 10.413* .070 .000 10.219 10.607

8 10.730* .047 .000 10.599 10.861

6

dimension2

5 -2.736* .039 .000 -2.843 -2.629

7 7.677* .080 .000 7.457 7.898

8 7.995* .077 .000 7.781 8.208

7

dimension2

5 -10.413* .070 .000 -10.607 -10.219

6 -7.677* .080 .000 -7.898 -7.457

8 .317* .106 .041 .022 .613

8

dimension2

5 -10.730* .047 .000 -10.861 -10.599

6 -7.995* .077 .000 -8.208 -7.781

7 -.317* .106 .041 -.613 -.022

Page 195: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

181

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Page 196: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

182

Placement

Estimates

Measure:MEASURE_1

placement

Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H 13.769 .074 13.563 13.976

L 21.595 .045 21.470 21.720

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

(I) placement (J) placement

Mean

Difference (I-J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H dimension2 L -7.826* .031 .000 -7.913 -7.738

L dimension2 H 7.826* .031 .000 7.738 7.913

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Page 197: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

183

Strap * placement

3. strap * placement

Measure:MEASURE_1

strap placement

Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

5 dimension2

H 16.829 .055 16.676 16.982

L 30.475 .051 30.334 30.615

6 dimension2

H 14.445 .035 14.347 14.542

L 27.388 .068 27.200 27.575

7 dimension2

H 12.681 .138 12.298 13.063

L 13.797 .096 13.531 14.063

8 dimension2

H 11.123 .074 10.917 11.329

L 14.720 .099 14.445 14.995

Estimates

placement Strap

(cm)

Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H 5 16.829 .055 16.676 16.982

6 14.445 .035 14.347 14.542

7 12.681 .138 12.298 13.063

8 11.123 .074 10.917 11.329

L 5 30.475 .051 30.334 30.615

6 27.388 .068 27.200 27.575

7 13.797 .096 13.531 14.063

8 14.720 .099 14.445 14.995

Page 198: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

184

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

Strap

(cm)

(I) placement (J) placement

Mean

Difference (I-

J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

5 dimension2

H dimension3 L -13.646* .022 .000 -13.706 -13.585

L dimension3 H 13.646* .022 .000 13.585 13.706

6 dimension2

H dimension3 L -12.943* .059 .000 -13.107 -12.778

L dimension3 H 12.943* .059 .000 12.778 13.107

7 dimension2

H dimension3 L -1.117* .046 .000 -1.244 -.989

L dimension3 H 1.117* .046 .000 .989 1.244

8 dimension2

H dimension3 L -3.597* .122 .000 -3.936 -3.258

L dimension3 H 3.597* .122 .000 3.258 3.936

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Page 199: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

185

Pairwise Comparisons

placement (I) strap (J)

strap

Mean Difference

(I-J)

Std.

Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H

dimension2

5

dimension3

6 2.384* .028 .000 2.308 2.461

7 4.149* .091 .000 3.896 4.401

8 5.706* .026 .000 5.635 5.777

6

dimension3

5 -2.384* .028 .000 -2.461 -2.308

7 1.764* .104 .000 1.477 2.052

8 3.322* .040 .000 3.210 3.433

7

dimension3

5 -4.149* .091 .000 -4.401 -3.896

6 -1.764* .104 .000 -2.052 -1.477

8 1.557* .068 .000 1.370 1.745

8

dimension3

5 -5.706* .026 .000 -5.777 -5.635

6 -3.322* .040 .000 -3.433 -3.210

7 -1.557* .068 .000 -1.745 -1.370

L

dimension2

5

dimension3

6 3.087* .067 .000 2.902 3.272

7 16.678* .053 .000 16.530 16.825

8 15.754* .108 .000 15.454 16.055

6

dimension3

5 -3.087* .067 .000 -3.272 -2.902

7 13.590* .067 .000 13.405 13.776

8 12.667* .156 .000 12.233 13.101

7

dimension3

5 -16.678* .053 .000 -16.825 -16.530

6 -13.590* .067 .000 -13.776 -13.405

8 -.923* .155 .004 -1.354 -.493

Page 200: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

186

8

dimension3

5 -15.754* .108 .000 -16.055 -15.454

6 -12.667* .156 .000 -13.101 -12.233

7 .923* .155 .004 .493 1.354

Based on estimated marginal means Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference

(equivalent to no adjustments).

Page 201: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

187

Peak shoulder interface pressure

Descriptive Statistics

Mean Std. Deviation N

maxarmpit5H 6.7538 .06865 5

maxarmpit5L 6.1059 .11535 5

maxarmpit6H 5.1278 .06200 5

maxarmpit6L 4.6178 .09756 5

maxarmpit7H 4.6450 .12489 5

maxarmpit7L 4.4520 .15068 5

maxarmpit8H 3.9284 .04901 5

maxarmpit8L 3.9971 .08435 5

Page 202: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

188

Tests of Within-Subjects Effects (Measure:MEASURE_1)

Source Type III

Sum of

Squares df

Mean

Square F Sig.

Partial Eta

Squared

strap Sphericity

Assumed

33.318 3 11.106 2066.914 .000 .998

Greenhouse-

Geisser

33.318 1.162 28.668 2066.914 .000 .998

Huynh-Feldt 33.318 1.343 24.810 2066.914 .000 .998

Lower-bound 33.318 1.000 33.318 2066.914 .000 .998

Error(strap) Sphericity

Assumed

.064 12 .005

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.064 4.649 .014

Huynh-Feldt .064 5.372 .012

Lower-bound .064 4.000 .016

placement Sphericity

Assumed

1.027 1 1.027 969.826 .000 .996

Greenhouse-

Geisser

1.027 1.000 1.027 969.826 .000 .996

Huynh-Feldt 1.027 1.000 1.027 969.826 .000 .996

Lower-bound 1.027 1.000 1.027 969.826 .000 .996

Error(placement) Sphericity

Assumed

.004 4 .001

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.004 4.000 .001

Huynh-Feldt .004 4.000 .001

Lower-bound .004 4.000 .001

Page 203: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

189

strap * placement Sphericity

Assumed

.777 3 .259 97.353 .000 .961

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.777 1.148 .677 97.353 .000 .961

Huynh-Feldt .777 1.312 .592 97.353 .000 .961

Lower-bound .777 1.000 .777 97.353 .001 .96

Error(strap*placement) Sphericity

Assumed

.032 12 .003

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.032 4.594 .007

Huynh-Feldt .032 5.249 .006

Lower-bound .032 4.000 .008

Page 204: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

190

Strap

Estimates

Measure:MEASURE_1

Strap

(cm) Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

5 6.430 .040 6.318 6.541

6 4.873 .036 4.774 4.972

7 4.548 .061 4.380 4.717

8 3.963 .022 3.902 4.023

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

(I) strap (J) strap

(cm) Mean Difference

(I-J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

5

dimension2

6 1.557* .013 .000 1.522 1.593

7 1.881* .023 .000 1.817 1.946

8 2.467* .034 .000 2.374 2.561

6

dimension2

5 -1.557* .013 .000 -1.593 -1.522

7 .324* .026 .000 .253 .395

8 .910* .032 .000 .822 .999

7

dimension2

5 -1.881* .023 .000 -1.946 -1.817

6 -.324* .026 .000 -.395 -.253

8 .586* .054 .000 .435 .736

8

dimension2

5 -2.467* .034 .000 -2.561 -2.374

6 -.910* .032 .000 -.999 -.822

7 -.586* .054 .000 -.736 -.435

Page 205: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

191

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Placement

Estimates

Measure:MEASURE_1

placement

Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H 5.114 .032 5.024 5.204

L 4.793 .041 4.679 4.908

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

(I) placement (J) placement

Mean

Difference

(I-J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H dimension2 L .321* .010 .000 .292 .349

L dimension2 H -.321* .010 .000 -.349 -.292

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Strap*placement

3. strap * placement

Measure:MEASURE_1

Strap

(cm)

placement

Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

Page 206: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

192

5 dimension2

H 6.754 .031 6.669 6.839

L 6.106 .052 5.963 6.249

6 dimension2

H 5.128 .028 5.051 5.205

L 4.618 .044 4.497 4.739

7 dimension2

H 4.645 .056 4.490 4.800

L 4.452 .067 4.265 4.639

8 dimension2

H 3.928 .022 3.867 3.989

L 3.997 .038 3.892 4.102

Estimates

placement Strap

(cm) Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H 5 6.754 .031 6.669 6.839

6 5.128 .028 5.051 5.205

7 4.645 .056 4.490 4.800

8 3.928 .022 3.867 3.989

L 5 6.106 .052 5.963 6.249

6 4.618 .044 4.497 4.739

7 4.452 .067 4.265 4.639

8 3.997 .038 3.892 4.102

Page 207: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

193

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

Strap

(cm)

(I) placement (J) placement

Mean

Difference (I-

J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

5

dimension2

H dimension3 L .648* .028 .000 .571 .725

L dimension3 H -.648* .028 .000 -.725 -.571

6

dimension2

H dimension3 L .510* .017 .000 .463 .557

L dimension3 H -.510* .017 .000 -.557 -.463

7

dimension2

H dimension3 L .193* .026 .002 .121 .265

L dimension3 H -.193* .026 .002 -.265 -.121

8

dimension2

H dimension3 L -.069 .044 .190 -.190 .052

L dimension3 H .069 .044 .190 -.052 .190

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Page 208: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

194

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

placement (I) strap

(cm)

(J) strap

(cm) Mean

Difference (I-J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H

dimension2

5

dimension3

6 2.412* .031 .000 2.327 2.497

7 4.094* .047 .000 3.964 4.223

8 5.706* .026 .000 5.635 5.778

6

dimension3

5 -2.412* .031 .000 -2.497 -2.327

7 1.682* .071 .000 1.485 1.878

8 3.294* .040 .000 3.183 3.406

7

dimension3

5 -4.094* .047 .000 -4.223 -3.964

6 -1.682* .071 .000 -1.878 -1.485

8 1.613* .035 .000 1.515 1.710

8

dimension3

5 -5.706* .026 .000 -5.778 -5.635

6 -3.294* .040 .000 -3.406 -3.183

7 -1.613* .035 .000 -1.710 -1.515

L

dimension2

5

dimension3

6 3.143* .035 .000 3.046 3.241

7 15.699* .128 .000 15.344 16.054

8 16.471* .072 .000 16.271 16.672

6

dimension3

5 -3.143* .035 .000 -3.241 -3.046

7 12.556* .114 .000 12.240 12.872

8 13.328* .056 .000 13.173 13.483

Page 209: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

195

7

dimension3

5 -15.699* .128 .000 -16.054 -15.344

6 -12.556* .114 .000 -12.872 -12.240

8 .772* .067 .000 .587 .957

8

dimension3

5 -16.471* .072 .000 -16.672 -16.271

6 -13.328* .056 .000 -13.483 -13.173

7 -.772* .067 .000 -.957 -.587

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Average axillary area interface pressure

Descriptive Statistics

Mean Std. Deviation N

avearmpit5H 6.4091 .06932 5

avearmpit5L 5.7490 .16378 5

avearmpit6H 4.8380 .05799 5

avearmpit6L 4.2217 .15946 5

avearmpit7H 4.3280 .17209 5

avearmpit7L 4.0066 .25180 5

avearmpit8H 3.6111 .06148 5

avearmpit8L 3.6497 .11404 5

Page 210: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

196

Tests of Within-Subjects Effects (Measure:MEASURE_1)

Source Type III

Sum of

Squares df

Mean

Square F Sig.

Partial Eta

Squared

strap Sphericity

Assumed

33.198 3 11.066 513.458 .000 .992

Greenhouse-

Geisser

33.198 1.797 18.475 513.458 .000 .992

Huynh-Feldt 33.198 3.000 11.066 513.458 .000 .992

Lower-bound 33.198 1.000 33.198 513.458 .000 .992

Error(strap) Sphericity

Assumed

.259 12 .022

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.259 7.188 .036

Huynh-Feldt .259 12.000 .022

Lower-bound .259 4.000 .065

placement Sphericity

Assumed

1.519 1 1.519 571.042 .000 .993

Greenhouse-

Geisser

1.519 1.000 1.519 571.042 .000 .993

Huynh-Feldt 1.519 1.000 1.519 571.042 .000 .993

Lower-bound 1.519 1.000 1.519 571.042 .000 .993

Error(placement) Sphericity

Assumed

.011 4 .003

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.011 4.000 .003

Page 211: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

197

Huynh-Feldt .011 4.000 .003

Lower-bound .011 4.000 .003

strap * placement Sphericity

Assumed

.781 3 .260 19.518 .000 .830

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.781 2.268 .344 19.518 .000 .830

Huynh-Feldt .781 3.000 .260 19.518 .000 .830

Lower-bound .781 1.000 .781 19.518 .012 .830

Error(strap*placement) Sphericity

Assumed

.160 12 .013

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.160 9.074 .018

Huynh-Feldt .160 12.000 .013

Lower-bound .160 4.000 .040

Page 212: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

198

Strap

Estimates

Measure:MEASURE_1

Strap

(cm) Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

5 6.079 .051 5.936 6.222

6 4.530 .045 4.406 4.654

7 4.167 .087 3.925 4.410

8 3.630 .022 3.570 3.691

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

(I) strap

(cm)

(J) strap

(cm) Mean Difference

(I-J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

5

dimension2

6 1.549* .041 .000 1.436 1.663

7 1.912* .067 .000 1.726 2.097

8 2.449* .052 .000 2.304 2.593

6

dimension2

5 -1.549* .041 .000 -1.663 -1.436

7 .363* .067 .006 .175 .550

8 .899* .058 .000 .739 1.060

7

dimension2

5 -1.912* .067 .000 -2.097 -1.726

6 -.363* .067 .006 -.550 -.175

8 .537* .096 .005 .272 .802

8

dimension2

5 -2.449* .052 .000 -2.593 -2.304

6 -.899* .058 .000 -1.060 -.739

Page 213: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

199

7 -.537* .096 .005 -.802 -.272

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Placement

Estimates

Measure:MEASURE_1

placement

Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H 4.797 .039 4.688 4.906

L 4.407 .042 4.291 4.522

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

(I) placement (J) placement

Mean Difference

(I-J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval

for Differencea

Lower Bound

Upper

Bound

Page 214: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

200

dimension1

H dimension2 L .390* .016 .000 .345 .435

L dimension2 H -.390* .016 .000 -.435 -.345

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Strap * placement

3. strap * placement

Measure:MEASURE_1

strap placement

Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

5 dimension2

H 6.409 .031 6.323 6.495

L 4.273 .062 4.101 4.444

6 dimension2

H 4.838 .026 4.766 4.910

L 5.789 .049 5.653 5.925

7 dimension2

H 4.328 .077 4.114 4.542

L 4.094 .083 3.863 4.324

8 dimension2

H 3.611 .027 3.535 3.687

L 3.694 .035 3.596 3.792

Estimates

Measure:MEASURE_1

placement strap

Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H 5 6.409 .031 6.323 6.495

6 4.838 .026 4.766 4.910

7 4.328 .077 4.114 4.542

8 3.611 .027 3.535 3.687

Page 215: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

201

L 5 5.749 .073 5.546 5.952

6 4.222 .071 4.024 4.420

7 4.007 .113 3.694 4.319

8 3.650 .051 3.508 3.791

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

strap (I) placement (J) placement

Mean

Difference

(I-J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval

for Differencea

Lower

Bound Upper Bound

5 dimension2

H dimension3 L .660* .045 .000 .534 .786

L dimension3 H -.660* .045 .000 -.786 -.534

6 dimension2

H dimension3 L .616* .059 .000 .451 .781

L dimension3 H -.616* .059 .000 -.781 -.451

7 dimension2

H dimension3 L .321* .081 .017 .095 .548

L dimension3 H -.321* .081 .017 -.548 -.095

8 dimension2

H dimension3 L -.039 .070 .609 -.232 .155

L dimension3 H .039 .070 .609 -.155 .232

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Page 216: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

202

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

placement (I)

strap

(cm)

(J)

strap

(cm)

Mean Difference

(I-J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H

dimension2

5

dimension3

6 1.571* .014 .000 1.533 1.610

7 2.081* .051 .000 1.940 2.222

8 2.798* .017 .000 2.751 2.845

6

dimension3

5 -1.571* .014 .000 -1.610 -1.533

7 .510* .052 .001 .367 .653

8 1.227* .014 .000 1.189 1.265

7

dimension3

5 -2.081* .051 .000 -2.222 -1.940

6 -.510* .052 .001 -.653 -.367

8 .717* .052 .000 .573 .861

8

dimension3

5 -2.798* .017 .000 -2.845 -2.751

6 -1.227* .014 .000 -1.265 -1.189

7 -.717* .052 .000 -.861 -.573

L

dimension2

5

dimension3

6 1.527* .071 .000 1.331 1.724

7 1.742* .108 .000 1.443 2.042

8 2.099* .098 .000 1.826 2.373

6

dimension3

5 -1.527* .071 .000 -1.724 -1.331

7 .215 .116 .138 -.108 .538

8 .572* .118 .008 .244 .900

7 dimension3 5 -1.742* .108 .000 -2.042 -1.443

Page 217: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

203

6 -.215 .116 .138 -.538 .108

8 .357 .146 .071 -.049 .763

8

n3

5 -2.099* .098 .000 -2.373 -1.826

6 -.572* .118 .008 -.900 -.244

7 -.357 .146 .071 -.763 .049

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Peak axillary area interface pressure

Descriptive Statistics

Mean Std. Deviation N

maxarmpit5H 6.7538 .06865 5

maxarmpit5L 6.1059 .11535 5

maxarmpit6H 5.1278 .06200 5

maxarmpit6L 4.6178 .09756 5

maxarmpit7H 4.6450 .12489 5

maxarmpit7L 4.4520 .15068 5

maxarmpit8H 3.9284 .04901 5

maxarmpit8L 3.9971 .08435 5

Page 218: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

204

Tests of Within-Subjects Effects

Measure:MEASURE_1

Source Type III

Sum of

Squares df

Mean

Square F Sig.

Partial Eta

Squared

strap Sphericity

Assumed

33.318 3 11.106 2066.914 .000 .998

Greenhouse-

Geisser

33.318 1.162 28.668 2066.914 .000 .998

Huynh-Feldt 33.318 1.343 24.810 2066.914 .000 .998

Lower-bound 33.318 1.000 33.318 2066.914 .000 .998

Error(strap) Sphericity

Assumed

.064 12 .005

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.064 4.649 .014

Huynh-Feldt .064 5.372 .012

Lower-bound .064 4.000 .016

placement Sphericity

Assumed

1.027 1 1.027 969.826 .000 .996

Greenhouse-

Geisser

1.027 1.000 1.027 969.826 .000 .996

Huynh-Feldt 1.027 1.000 1.027 969.826 .000 .996

Lower-bound 1.027 1.000 1.027 969.826 .000 .996

Error(placement) Sphericity

Assumed

.004 4 .001

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.004 4.000 .001

Huynh-Feldt .004 4.000 .001

Lower-bound .004 4.000 .001

strap * placement Sphericity

Assumed

.777 3 .259 97.353 .000 .961

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.777 1.148 .677 97.353 .000 .961

Huynh-Feldt .777 1.312 .592 97.353 .000 .961

Page 219: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

205

Lower-bound .777 1.000 .777 97.353 .001 .961

Error(strap*placement) Sphericity

Assumed

.032 12 .003

Greenhouse-

Geisser

.032 4.594 .007

Huynh-Feldt .032 5.249 .006

Lower-bound .032 4.000 .008

Page 220: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

206

Strap

Estimates

Measure:MEASURE_1

Strap

(cm) Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

5 6.430 .040 6.318 6.541

6 4.873 .036 4.774 4.972

7 4.548 .061 4.380 4.717

8 3.963 .022 3.902 4.023

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

(I) strap

(cm)

(J) strap

(cm) Mean Difference

(I-J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

5

dimension2

6 1.557* .013 .000 1.522 1.593

7 1.881* .023 .000 1.817 1.946

8 2.467* .034 .000 2.374 2.561

6

dimension2

5 -1.557* .013 .000 -1.593 -1.522

7 .324* .026 .000 .253 .395

8 .910* .032 .000 .822 .999

7

dimension2

5 -1.881* .023 .000 -1.946 -1.817

6 -.324* .026 .000 -.395 -.253

8 .586* .054 .000 .435 .736

8

dimension2

5 -2.467* .034 .000 -2.561 -2.374

6 -.910* .032 .000 -.999 -.822

7 -.586* .054 .000 -.736 -.435

Page 221: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

207

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Placement

Estimates

Measure:MEASURE_1

placement

Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H 5.114 .032 5.024 5.204

L 4.793 .041 4.679 4.908

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

(I) placement (J)

placement

Mean Difference

(I-J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H dimension2 L .321* .010 .000 .292 .349

L dimension2 H -.321* .010 .000 -.349 -.292

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Page 222: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

208

Strap* placement

3. strap * placement

Measure:MEASURE_1

Strap

(cm)

placement

Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

5 dimension2

H 6.754 .031 6.669 6.839

L 6.106 .052 5.963 6.249

6 dimension2

H 5.128 .028 5.051 5.205

L 4.618 .044 4.497 4.739

7 dimension2

H 4.645 .056 4.490 4.800

L 4.452 .067 4.265 4.639

8 dimension2

H 3.928 .022 3.867 3.989

L 3.997 .038 3.892 4.102

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

strap (I)

placeme

nt

(J) placement

Mean

Differenc

e (I-J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

5

dimension2

H dimension3 L .648* .028 .000 .571 .725

L dimension3 H -.648* .028 .000 -.725 -.571

6

dimension2

H dimension3 L .510* .017 .000 .463 .557

L dimension3 H -.510* .017 .000 -.557 -.463

7

dimension2

H dimension3 L .193* .026 .002 .121 .265

L dimension3 H -.193* .026 .002 -.265 -.121

Page 223: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

209

8

dimension2

H dimension3 L -.069 .044 .190 -.190 .052

L dimension3 H .069 .044 .190 -.052 .190

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).

Estimates

Measure:MEASURE_1

placement Strap

(cm) Mean Std. Error

95% Confidence Interval

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H 5 6.754 .031 6.669 6.839

6 5.128 .028 5.051 5.205

7 4.645 .056 4.490 4.800

8 3.928 .022 3.867 3.989

L 5 6.106 .052 5.963 6.249

6 4.618 .044 4.497 4.739

7 4.452 .067 4.265 4.639

8 3.997 .038 3.892 4.102

Page 224: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

210

Pairwise Comparisons

Measure:MEASURE_1

placement (I) strap

(cm)

(J) strap

(cm)

Mean

Difference

(I-J) Std. Error Sig.a

95% Confidence Interval for

Differencea

Lower Bound Upper Bound

dimension1

H

dimension2

5

dimension3

6 1.626* .017 .000 1.579 1.673

7 2.109* .027 .000 2.032 2.185

8 2.825* .022 .000 2.765 2.886

6

dimension3

5 -1.626* .017 .000 -1.673 -1.579

7 .483* .031 .000 .398 .568

8 1.199* .017 .000 1.152 1.247

7

dimension3

5 -2.109* .027 .000 -2.185 -2.032

6 -.483* .031 .000 -.568 -.398

8 .717* .041 .000 .602 .831

8

dimension3

5 -2.825* .022 .000 -2.886 -2.765

6 -1.199* .017 .000 -1.247 -1.152

7 -.717* .041 .000 -.831 -.602

L

dimension2

5

dimension3

6 1.488* .017 .000 1.441 1.536

7 1.654* .022 .000 1.594 1.714

8 2.109* .064 .000 1.931 2.286

6

dimension3

5 -1.488* .017 .000 -1.536 -1.441

7 .166* .028 .004 .089 .242

8 .621* .053 .000 .473 .768

7

dimension3

5 -1.654* .022 .000 -1.714 -1.594

6 -.166* .028 .004 -.242 -.089

Page 225: The effect of backpack loading configuration and design ......Table 2 Mean (standard deviation), mean difference (95% CI) values during unloaded, high and low load placement conditions…

211

8 .455* .080 .005 .232 .677

8

dimension3

5 -2.109* .064 .000 -2.286 -1.931

6 -.621* .053 .000 -.768 -.473

7 -.455* .080 .005 -.677 -.232

Based on estimated marginal means

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

a. Adjustment for multiple comparisons: Least Significant Difference (equivalent to no adjustments).